1 #LyX 1.5.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
64 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
65 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
68 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
69 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
71 \options bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
76 \font_typewriter default
77 \font_default_family default
91 \paperorientation portrait
94 \paragraph_separation indent
96 \quotes_language english
99 \paperpagestyle default
100 \tracking_changes false
101 \output_changes false
117 \begin_layout Standard
119 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
122 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 \begin_inset Note Note
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
155 \begin_layout Standard
156 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
310 at appendix\InsetSpace ~
312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
313 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
318 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
319 ing sections of this documentation.
322 \begin_layout Section
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
332 of the manuals from inside LyX.
333 Just select the manual you want read from the
340 \begin_layout Section
342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
343 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
352 without resorting to configuration files.
353 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
354 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
355 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
360 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
361 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
362 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
363 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
369 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
375 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
384 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
392 \begin_layout Standard
404 that will be created when using the menu
406 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_layout Standard
422 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
423 \begin_inset Note Note
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
435 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
436 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
438 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
443 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
445 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
446 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
458 \begin_layout Chapter
462 \begin_layout Section
463 Basic File Operations
464 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
465 name "File Operations"
472 \begin_layout Standard
477 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
481 \begin_layout Itemize
487 \begin_layout Itemize
499 \begin_layout Itemize
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
517 \begin_layout Itemize
524 \begin_layout Itemize
532 \begin_layout Itemize
539 \begin_layout Itemize
545 \begin_layout Itemize
551 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Standard
564 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
565 a few minor differences.
568 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
577 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
578 you for a template to use.
579 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
580 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
581 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
582 (see section\InsetSpace ~
584 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
585 reference "sec:doc-classes"
592 \begin_layout Standard
594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
617 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
618 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
621 \begin_layout Standard
633 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
637 \begin_layout Standard
638 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
657 will reload the document from disk.
658 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
659 and want to restore it to the last save.
665 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
666 can identify this as your changes.
669 \begin_layout Section
670 Basic Editing Features
671 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
677 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
678 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
685 \begin_layout Standard
686 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
687 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
688 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
689 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
691 We'll start with cut and paste.
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 As you might expect, the
699 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
700 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
704 \begin_layout Itemize
710 \begin_layout Itemize
716 \begin_layout Itemize
722 \begin_layout Itemize
729 \begin_layout Itemize
736 \begin_layout Itemize
744 \begin_layout Standard
745 The first three are self-explanatory.
746 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
747 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
756 keys also functions as the
761 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
762 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
763 it with what you just typed.
768 to get back the lost text.
771 \begin_layout Standard
772 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
778 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
781 \begin_layout Standard
784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
786 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
788 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
791 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
797 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
803 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
804 will start a new paragraph.
807 \begin_layout Standard
810 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
822 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
827 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
838 button to skip the current word.
844 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
850 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
852 If the toggle is set, searching for
853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
864 will not match the word
865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
879 Match whole words only
881 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
909 \begin_layout Section
911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
917 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
923 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
924 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
931 \begin_layout Standard
932 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
933 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
939 to undo some mistake.
940 If you accidently undo too much, use
942 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
953 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
958 \begin_layout Standard
959 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
960 it was last saved, the
961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
968 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
969 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
972 \begin_layout Standard
981 work on almost everything in LyX.
982 They have some quirks, too.
991 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
992 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1000 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1001 surely appreciate how it works.
1004 \begin_layout Section
1006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1007 name "Mouse Operations"
1014 \begin_layout Standard
1015 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1018 \begin_layout Enumerate
1023 \begin_layout Itemize
1028 once anywhere in the edit window.
1029 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1033 \begin_layout Enumerate
1038 \begin_layout Itemize
1044 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1050 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1053 \begin_layout Itemize
1054 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1063 \begin_layout Enumerate
1064 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1073 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1074 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1075 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1079 \begin_layout Enumerate
1084 \begin_layout Standard
1089 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1094 \begin_layout Section
1096 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1097 name "sec: key bindings"
1102 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1110 \begin_layout Standard
1111 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1112 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1114 LyX's default is CUA.
1117 \begin_layout Standard
1144 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1148 \begin_layout Labeling
1149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1154 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1155 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1157 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1158 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1164 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1168 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1170 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1171 reference "sub:Lists"
1177 If you're still confused, look in the
1184 \begin_layout Labeling
1185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1198 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1199 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1202 \begin_layout Labeling
1203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1214 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1215 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1219 \begin_layout Standard
1220 There are three modifier keys:
1223 \begin_layout Labeling
1224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1242 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1246 \begin_layout Itemize
1255 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1258 \begin_layout Itemize
1267 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1270 \begin_layout Itemize
1279 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1283 \begin_layout Labeling
1284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1301 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1302 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1305 \begin_layout Labeling
1306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1324 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1325 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1331 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1333 menu accelerator keys
1336 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1337 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1342 For example, the sequence
1343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1394 \begin_layout Standard
1395 There are also other things bound to the
1399 key, but you'll have to check in the
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1413 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1414 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1415 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1416 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1417 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1418 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1434 followed by a capital
1440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Chapter
1460 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1468 \begin_layout Section
1470 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1471 name "Document ! Types"
1478 \begin_layout Subsection
1482 \begin_layout Standard
1483 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1484 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1485 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1486 numbering schemes, and so on.
1487 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1488 and format the title of your document differently.
1491 \begin_layout Standard
1496 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1497 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1498 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1499 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1500 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1503 \begin_layout Standard
1504 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1505 how to adjust their properties.
1508 \begin_layout Subsection
1509 The Various Document Classes
1510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1511 name "Document ! Classes"
1516 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1517 name "sec:doc-classes"
1524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1528 \begin_layout Standard
1529 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1533 \begin_layout Description
1534 Article for basic articles
1537 \begin_layout Description
1538 Report for basic reports
1541 \begin_layout Description
1542 Book for writing a book
1545 \begin_layout Description
1546 Letter for US-style letters
1549 \begin_layout Standard
1550 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1552 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1553 can be found in chapter
1555 Special Document Classes
1564 \begin_layout Description
1565 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1568 \begin_layout Description
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1584 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1588 \begin_layout Description
1589 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1590 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1591 There are three article layouts available.
1592 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1593 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1594 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1595 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1600 sequential numbering
1601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1604 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1605 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1606 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1607 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1610 \begin_layout Description
1611 Beamer Layout for presentations
1614 \begin_layout Description
1615 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1616 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1620 \begin_layout Description
1621 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1622 vitae classes to create curriculum vitaes
1625 \begin_layout Description
1626 Dinbrief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
1629 \begin_layout Description
1632 Die TeXnische Komödie
1634 , the journal of the german TeX user Group (Dante)
1637 \begin_layout Description
1638 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1641 \begin_layout Description
1642 Foils Used to make transparencies
1645 \begin_layout Description
1646 g-brief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
1649 \begin_layout Description
1650 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1651 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1655 \begin_layout Description
1656 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1657 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1660 \begin_layout Description
1661 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1664 \begin_layout Description
1665 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1668 \begin_layout Description
1669 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1670 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1673 \begin_layout Description
1674 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1677 \begin_layout Description
1682 LaTeX document class
1685 \begin_layout Description
1686 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1689 \begin_layout Description
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1701 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1702 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1704 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1707 \begin_layout Description
1708 Slides Used to make transparencies
1711 \begin_layout Description
1713 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1714 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1717 \begin_layout Description
1718 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1721 \begin_layout Description
1726 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1729 \begin_layout Standard
1730 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1732 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1737 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1738 of the document classes.
1741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1745 \begin_layout Standard
1746 You can select a class using the
1748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1752 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1760 \begin_layout Standard
1761 Each class has a default set of options.
1762 Here's a quick table describing them:
1765 \begin_layout Standard
1766 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1772 \begin_layout Standard
1774 \begin_inset Tabular
1775 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1782 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1786 \begin_layout Standard
1792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1831 \begin_layout Standard
1846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1865 <row topline="true">
1866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1869 \begin_layout Standard
1883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1886 \begin_layout Standard
1901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1904 \begin_layout Standard
1919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1922 \begin_layout Standard
1937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1940 \begin_layout Standard
1956 <row topline="true">
1957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1960 \begin_layout Standard
1974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1995 \begin_layout Standard
2010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2013 \begin_layout Standard
2028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2047 <row topline="true">
2048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2051 \begin_layout Standard
2065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2068 \begin_layout Standard
2083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2104 \begin_layout Standard
2119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2122 \begin_layout Standard
2138 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2142 \begin_layout Standard
2156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2177 \begin_layout Standard
2192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2195 \begin_layout Standard
2210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2213 \begin_layout Standard
2235 \begin_layout Standard
2236 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 You're probably also wondering what
2244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2253 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2254 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2259 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2264 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2274 headings, there are also
2282 headings, and so on.
2283 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2285 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2286 reference "sub:Headings"
2293 \begin_layout Subsection
2295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2296 name "Document ! Layout"
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2304 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2306 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 field, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separat
2319 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2320 to use for your document.
2321 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2330 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2331 You can choose between the following five options:
2334 \begin_layout Labeling
2335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2340 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2343 \begin_layout Labeling
2344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2349 No page numbers or headings.
2352 \begin_layout Labeling
2353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2361 \begin_layout Labeling
2362 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2367 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2368 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2369 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2372 \begin_layout Labeling
2373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2378 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2384 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2385 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
2387 Check the documentation for the
2391 package for more details.
2394 \begin_layout Standard
2399 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2401 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2402 reference "sec:parindentintro"
2409 \begin_layout Subsection
2410 Paper Size and Orientation
2411 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2412 name "Document ! Paper size"
2417 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2418 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2425 \begin_layout Standard
2426 You'll find the following options in the menu
2430 of the dialog of the
2432 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2438 \begin_layout Labeling
2439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2444 What size paper to print on.
2448 \begin_layout Itemize
2454 \begin_layout Itemize
2464 \begin_layout Itemize
2470 \begin_layout Itemize
2476 \begin_layout Itemize
2482 \begin_layout Itemize
2488 \begin_layout Itemize
2494 \begin_layout Labeling
2495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2511 \begin_layout Standard
2512 There are also two check-boxes in the menu:
2515 \begin_layout Labeling
2516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2519 Two-column\InsetSpace ~
2522 Prints the document in two columns per page.
2523 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
2524 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
2525 However, there will be two columns in the generated output.
2528 \begin_layout Labeling
2529 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2532 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2535 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2536 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2539 \begin_layout Subsection
2541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2542 name "Document ! Margins"
2547 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2555 \begin_layout Standard
2556 Paper margins are set in the menu
2558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2566 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2567 the paper format and the font size into consideration.
2570 \begin_layout Subsection
2574 \begin_layout Standard
2575 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2580 That includes the paragraph environments.
2581 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2582 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2583 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2584 paragraph environments to
2588 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2589 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2590 the conversion and why it failed.
2593 \begin_layout Section
2594 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2596 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2603 \begin_layout Subsection
2605 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2606 name "sec:parindentintro"
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2614 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2615 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2618 \begin_layout Standard
2619 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2620 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2621 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2622 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2626 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2632 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2633 Note that the indentation behaviour is different when you use another document
2634 language than English.
2635 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2638 \begin_layout Standard
2639 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2640 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2642 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2643 LyX takes care of that.
2644 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2646 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2647 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2648 of a page, and so on.
2652 \begin_layout Standard
2653 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2658 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2659 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2663 of these pre-coded spacings.
2664 We'll explain more later.
2667 \begin_layout Subsection
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
2687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2690 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2693 \begin_layout Subsection
2697 \begin_layout Standard
2698 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2701 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2704 dialog and toggle the
2708 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
2709 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2710 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2714 \begin_layout Standard
2715 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2716 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2719 \begin_layout Subsection
2721 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2722 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2729 \begin_layout Standard
2732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2735 dialog you can set the spacing in the submenu
2741 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2745 installed to use this feature.
2748 \begin_layout Section
2749 Paragraph Environments
2750 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2751 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2756 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2757 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2762 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2763 name "Paragraph environments|("
2770 \begin_layout Subsection
2774 \begin_layout Standard
2775 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2802 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2803 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2804 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2813 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2817 A paragraph environment is simply a
2818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2825 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2826 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2827 scheme, labels, and so on.
2828 Additionally, you can
2829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2836 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
2837 to inherit some of the properties of another.
2838 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
2839 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
2840 days of typewriters.
2841 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
2843 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2847 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
2849 LyX will change the environment of the
2853 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
2854 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
2855 you select them before choosing the new environment.
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2868 create a new paragraph using the
2872 paragraph environment.
2874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2881 because if you are in one of these environments:
2884 \begin_layout Itemize
2890 \begin_layout Itemize
2896 \begin_layout Itemize
2902 \begin_layout Itemize
2908 \begin_layout Itemize
2914 \begin_layout Itemize
2920 \begin_layout Itemize
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
2931 , rather than resetting it to
2936 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
2937 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
2938 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
2940 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2941 reference "sec:nest"
2946 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
2951 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
2952 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
2960 \begin_layout Subsection
2964 \begin_layout Standard
2965 The default paragraph environment is
2970 It creates a plain paragraph.
2971 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
2972 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
2973 this manual) are in the
2980 \begin_layout Standard
2981 You can nest a paragraph using the
2985 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
2993 \begin_layout Subsection
2995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2996 name "Document !Title"
3003 \begin_layout Standard
3004 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3013 for thanks or contact information.
3014 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3015 page along with today's date.
3016 For other types of documents, the title
3017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3024 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3028 \begin_layout Standard
3029 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3043 Here's how you use them:
3046 \begin_layout Itemize
3047 Put the title of your document in the
3054 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 Put the author name in the
3062 \begin_layout Itemize
3063 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3064 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3070 Note that using this environment is optional.
3071 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3072 If you don't want any date, add the line
3082 to the preamble of your document (menu
3084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 You can use footnotes to insert
3092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3099 or contact informations.
3102 \begin_layout Subsection
3104 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3105 name "Section headings"
3110 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3118 \begin_layout Standard
3119 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3120 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3125 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3126 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3133 \begin_layout Standard
3134 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3138 \begin_layout Enumerate
3144 \begin_layout Enumerate
3150 \begin_layout Enumerate
3156 \begin_layout Enumerate
3162 \begin_layout Enumerate
3168 \begin_layout Enumerate
3174 \begin_layout Enumerate
3180 \begin_layout Standard
3181 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3182 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3183 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with latin letters.
3186 \begin_layout Standard
3187 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3188 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3189 You group the book into chapters.
3190 LyX does similar grouping:
3193 \begin_layout Itemize
3198 is divided in either
3207 \begin_layout Itemize
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3231 \begin_layout Itemize
3243 \begin_layout Itemize
3255 \begin_layout Itemize
3267 \begin_layout Standard
3272 not all document types use the
3276 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3281 is the top-level heading.
3284 \begin_layout Standard
3289 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3290 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3292 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3307 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3314 \begin_layout Standard
3315 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3319 \begin_layout Enumerate
3325 \begin_layout Enumerate
3331 \begin_layout Enumerate
3337 \begin_layout Enumerate
3343 \begin_layout Enumerate
3349 \begin_layout Standard
3351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3358 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3359 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3360 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3362 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3370 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3371 Changing the Numbering
3372 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3373 name "sub:numbering-depth"
3380 \begin_layout Standard
3381 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3382 in the Table of Contents.
3383 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3385 Certain classes start with
3399 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3409 This is something you can change.
3412 \begin_layout Standard
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3423 you'll see two counters.
3428 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3430 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3432 Unfortunately, the numbers you can choose are not intuitive.
3435 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3436 reference "cap:Values-of-the"
3440 explain all possible values.
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3444 \begin_inset Float table
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 \begin_inset Caption
3452 \begin_layout Standard
3453 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3454 name "cap:Values-of-the"
3458 Values of the numbering depth
3466 \begin_layout Standard
3468 \begin_inset Tabular
3469 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
3471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3473 <row topline="true">
3474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3477 \begin_layout Standard
3506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3524 <row bottomline="true">
3525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3560 <row topline="true">
3561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3590 no numbering of any kind
3596 <row topline="true">
3597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3600 \begin_layout Standard
3614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3617 \begin_layout Standard
3633 <row topline="true">
3634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3637 \begin_layout Standard
3651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3670 <row topline="true">
3671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3674 \begin_layout Standard
3688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3707 <row topline="true">
3708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3744 <row topline="true">
3745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3748 \begin_layout Standard
3762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3765 \begin_layout Standard
3781 <row topline="true">
3782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3785 \begin_layout Standard
3799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3818 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3867 \begin_layout Standard
3868 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
3869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3876 will number parts and chapters, while
3877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3884 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
3885 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use chapter headings
3891 the default article class), then the values 0 and -1 have the same effect.
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 Suppose you want to number
3899 sectioning heading, but you only want
3911 s in the Table of Contents.
3912 You have to set the value of
3917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3926 the value of Table of contents
3929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3940 Short Titles of Headings
3941 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3942 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3950 \begin_layout Standard
3957 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3958 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3965 \begin_layout Standard
3966 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3967 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3968 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3969 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3972 \begin_layout Standard
3973 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3974 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3975 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3976 To specify a short title, use the menu
3978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3983 This will insert a box labelled
3984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3999 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4000 This also works for captions inside floats.
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4011 \begin_layout Standard
4012 The following information applies to all section headings:
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4016 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4019 \begin_layout Itemize
4020 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4024 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4031 \begin_layout Subsection
4032 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4050 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4051 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4052 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4053 the text they contain.
4054 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4062 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4075 when you start a new paragraph.
4076 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4080 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4081 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4082 to change back to the
4086 environment yourself.
4089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4099 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4105 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4115 time for the differences.
4124 are identical except for one difference:
4128 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4137 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 Here's an example of the
4154 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4156 See -- no indentation!
4160 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4161 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4162 the other paragraph.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 Here's another example, this time in the
4173 \begin_layout Quotation
4179 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4180 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4181 the first line, then
4185 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4189 you were quoting other text.
4192 \begin_layout Quotation
4193 Here's a new paragraph.
4194 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4195 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4198 \begin_layout Standard
4199 As the examples show,
4203 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4204 They should put quotes in the
4209 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4213 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4222 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4223 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
4230 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4236 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4249 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4256 Which I did not rehearse!
4260 It could be much worse.
4261 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4263 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4264 indented a bit more than the first.
4265 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4272 And make things look fine
4281 \begin_layout Standard
4286 does not indent both margins.
4287 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4288 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4299 \begin_layout Subsection
4301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4307 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4316 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4326 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4335 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4336 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4337 some general features of all four of them.
4340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4344 \begin_layout Standard
4345 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4347 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4356 reset the environment to
4360 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4361 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4362 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4367 to break paragraphs.
4370 \begin_layout Standard
4371 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4372 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4374 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4375 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4377 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4378 reference "sec:nest"
4386 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4392 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4393 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4411 paragraph environment.
4412 It has the following properties:
4415 \begin_layout Itemize
4416 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4429 \begin_layout Itemize
4430 The items can have any length.
4431 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4432 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4439 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 environment inside another
4448 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4452 \begin_layout Itemize
4453 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4456 \begin_layout Itemize
4457 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4460 \begin_layout Itemize
4461 See section\InsetSpace ~
4463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4464 reference "sec:nest"
4468 for a full explanation of nesting.
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4482 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4487 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4488 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4491 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 The label for the first level
4496 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4500 \begin_layout Itemize
4501 The label for the second level is a dash.
4505 \begin_layout Itemize
4506 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4510 \begin_layout Itemize
4511 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4515 \begin_layout Itemize
4516 Back out to the third level.
4520 \begin_layout Itemize
4521 Back to the second level.
4525 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 Back to the outermost level.
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 These are the default labels for an
4535 You can customize these labels in the
4537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4540 dialog in the submenu
4547 \begin_layout Standard
4548 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4549 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4550 in section\InsetSpace ~
4552 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4553 reference "sec:nest"
4560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4566 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4567 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4572 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4573 name "sec:enumerate"
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4585 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4586 It has these properties:
4589 \begin_layout Enumerate
4590 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4595 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4599 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4608 environment resets the counter to one.
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4624 \begin_layout Enumerate
4625 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4626 Items can have any length.
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4630 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4633 \begin_layout Enumerate
4634 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4637 \begin_layout Enumerate
4638 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4642 \begin_layout Standard
4651 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4652 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4659 \begin_layout Enumerate
4660 The first level of an
4664 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4668 \begin_layout Enumerate
4669 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4673 \begin_layout Enumerate
4674 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4678 \begin_layout Enumerate
4679 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4682 \begin_layout Enumerate
4683 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4688 \begin_layout Enumerate
4689 Back to the third level
4693 \begin_layout Enumerate
4694 Back to the second level.
4698 \begin_layout Enumerate
4699 Back to the outermost level.
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4708 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4713 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 There is more to nesting
4722 environments than we've stated here.
4723 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4725 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4726 reference "sec:nest"
4730 to learn more about nesting.
4733 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4739 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4740 name "Lists ! Description"
4745 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4746 name "sec:descrlist"
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4754 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4758 list has no fixed label.
4759 Instead, LyX uses the first
4760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4767 of the first line as the label.
4771 \begin_layout Description
4772 Example: This is an example of the
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4780 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
4786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4789 uses the first 'word'
4790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4798 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
4807 key tells LyX to end the label if we are at the beginning of the first
4811 \begin_layout Standard
4812 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
4817 environment? Simple: use a
4828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4829 Fotrmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4830 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4834 See section\InsetSpace ~
4836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4837 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
4841 for more info.) Here is an example:
4844 \begin_layout Description
4846 Example: This one shows how to use a
4848 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4858 \begin_layout Description
4859 Usage: You should use the
4863 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4864 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4866 It's not a good idea to use a
4870 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4871 You're better off using
4883 paragraphs into them.
4886 \begin_layout Description
4887 Nesting: You can nest
4891 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4895 \begin_layout Standard
4896 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4897 them from the first line.
4900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4907 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4912 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4925 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4929 \begin_layout Standard
4938 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4939 There are the properties of this list environment:
4942 \begin_layout Labeling
4943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4945 labels LyX uses the first
4946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4953 of each line as the item label.
4958 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4959 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4960 blank as described above.
4963 \begin_layout Labeling
4964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4965 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4966 the body of the item text.
4967 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4968 label width plus a little extra space.
4972 \begin_layout Labeling
4973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4975 width LyX uses one of two things for the left margin: the width of
4976 the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
4977 If the label width is larger, the label
4978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4985 into the first line.
4986 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4987 margin of the rest of the item text.
4990 \begin_layout Labeling
4991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4992 default\InsetSpace ~
4993 width You can very easily set this default width.
4994 So you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
4998 environment have the same left margin.
5000 To change the default width, select
5001 the items in the list.
5002 You can also simply move the cursor into a
5006 item if you want to change only its label width.
5015 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5028 determines the default label width.
5029 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you don't need to.
5030 We recommend using the letter
5031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5039 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
5040 The default label width in the example
5045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5061 as your unit of width in the
5066 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
5069 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5072 every time you alter a label in a
5079 \begin_layout Labeling
5080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5081 uses You should use the
5085 environment the same way you'd use the
5089 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5095 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5099 \begin_layout Labeling
5100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5101 nesting You can nest
5105 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5107 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5108 Read section\InsetSpace ~
5110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5111 reference "sec:nest"
5115 to learn about nesting.
5118 \begin_layout Standard
5119 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5123 There's yet another feature of the
5127 environment we need to tell you about.
5128 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
5129 You can use additional
5133 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5138 later in section\InsetSpace ~
5140 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5141 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5146 Here are some examples:
5149 \begin_layout Labeling
5150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5151 Left The default for
5158 \begin_layout Labeling
5159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5166 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5169 \begin_layout Labeling
5170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5179 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5182 \begin_layout Subsection
5184 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5192 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5206 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5217 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5218 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5219 In contrast, you can use the
5228 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5229 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 Of course, you're not limited to using
5249 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5250 some European academic papers.
5253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5255 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5256 name "sec:adress_usage"
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5268 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5269 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5275 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5276 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5277 Here's an example of each:
5280 \begin_layout Right Address
5287 When is it? What is today?
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5297 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5298 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5299 Here's an example of the
5306 \begin_layout Address
5309 Where do I send this
5311 Your post office and country
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 As you can see, both
5324 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5329 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5335 This makes sense, since
5343 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5344 Thus, you have to use
5354 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5355 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5363 menu) to start a new line in an
5375 \begin_layout Subsection
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5380 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5381 or list of references.
5382 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5389 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5403 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5404 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5405 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5409 in anything else or vice versa.
5415 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5416 The book document classes ignores the
5420 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5424 in a letter document class.
5427 \begin_layout Standard
5432 environment does several things for you.
5433 First, it puts the centered label
5434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5442 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5444 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5445 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5446 the subsequent text.
5447 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5448 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5452 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5456 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5457 The new paragraph will still be in the
5462 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5463 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 \begin_inset Float figure
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5474 \begin_inset Graphics
5475 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 \begin_inset Caption
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5488 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5514 environment, but since this document is in the
5515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5522 class, we can't do this.
5523 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5525 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5526 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5531 If you've never heard of an
5532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5539 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5548 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5554 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5555 name "sub:biblio_environment"
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5567 environment is used to list references.
5568 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5569 only use it at the end of the document.
5574 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5577 \begin_layout Standard
5578 When you first open a
5582 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5598 depending on the document class.
5599 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5600 Each paragraph of the
5604 environment is a bibliography entry.
5609 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5610 Each new paragraph is still in the
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5618 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5619 in section\InsetSpace ~
5621 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5622 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5629 \begin_layout Subsection
5633 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5634 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5639 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5652 environment is another LyX extension.
5653 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5658 key as a fixed whitespace;
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5673 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5676 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5681 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5682 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5700 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5701 So, when you finish using the
5705 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5706 Also, you can nest the
5710 environment inside of others.
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5714 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5717 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5747 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5759 \begin_layout Itemize
5768 \begin_layout Itemize
5769 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5770 You must put at least one
5774 in any line you want blank.
5775 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5778 \begin_layout Itemize
5779 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5783 since that will insert
5788 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5796 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5803 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5807 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5811 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5815 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5819 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5820 printf("Hello World!
5825 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5829 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5833 \begin_layout Standard
5834 This is just the standard
5835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5851 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5852 rc-files, and so on.
5853 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5854 as if you used a typewriter.
5855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5856 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5863 \begin_layout Section
5864 Nesting Environments
5865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5866 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5871 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5879 \begin_layout Subsection
5883 \begin_layout Standard
5884 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5886 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5888 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5890 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5902 \begin_layout Enumerate
5906 \begin_layout Enumerate
5911 \begin_layout Enumerate
5915 \begin_layout Enumerate
5920 \begin_layout Enumerate
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5925 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5926 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5928 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5934 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5942 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5943 will tell you how far you are nested).
5944 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5945 \begin_inset Graphics
5946 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5951 \begin_inset Graphics
5952 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5956 or the convenient key bindings
5964 to change the nesting level.
5965 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5966 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5970 \begin_layout Standard
5971 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5972 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5973 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5974 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5977 \begin_layout Standard
5978 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5979 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5981 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5984 \begin_layout Subsection
5985 What You Can and Can't Nest
5988 \begin_layout Standard
5989 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5990 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5993 \begin_layout Standard
5994 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5995 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5996 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5999 \begin_layout Itemize
6000 Completely unnestable
6003 \begin_layout Itemize
6004 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6005 other things inside of them.
6008 \begin_layout Itemize
6009 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6013 \begin_layout Standard
6014 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6015 environments have them:
6018 \begin_layout Description
6019 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6020 Can't nest into them.
6024 \begin_layout Itemize
6030 \begin_layout Itemize
6036 \begin_layout Itemize
6044 \begin_layout Itemize
6050 \begin_layout Itemize
6056 \begin_layout Itemize
6064 \begin_layout Itemize
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6076 \begin_layout Itemize
6082 \begin_layout Itemize
6088 \begin_layout Itemize
6094 \begin_layout Itemize
6100 \begin_layout Itemize
6106 \begin_layout Itemize
6112 \begin_layout Itemize
6118 \begin_layout Itemize
6124 \begin_layout Itemize
6131 \begin_layout Description
6133 Nestable You can nest them.
6134 You can nest other things into them.
6138 \begin_layout Itemize
6144 \begin_layout Itemize
6150 \begin_layout Itemize
6156 \begin_layout Itemize
6162 \begin_layout Itemize
6168 \begin_layout Itemize
6174 \begin_layout Itemize
6180 \begin_layout Itemize
6187 \begin_layout Description
6188 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6189 You can't nest anything into them.
6193 \begin_layout Itemize
6199 \begin_layout Itemize
6206 \begin_layout Itemize
6213 \begin_layout Standard
6218 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6233 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6234 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6235 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
6240 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6241 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6250 affected by nesting anyhow.
6254 \begin_layout Itemize
6258 \begin_layout Itemize
6262 \begin_layout Itemize
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 (Note: If you put a figure or a table in a
6271 , this is no longer true.
6272 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6274 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6275 reference "sec:Floats"
6279 for more informations about
6286 \begin_layout Standard
6287 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6288 If a figure, table, or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6293 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6301 of its own, it behaves just like a
6302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6309 paragraph environment.
6310 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6314 \begin_layout Standard
6315 Here's an example with a table:
6318 \begin_layout Enumerate
6323 \begin_layout Enumerate
6324 This is (a) and it's nested.
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6329 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6335 \begin_layout Standard
6337 \begin_inset Tabular
6338 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6341 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6342 <row topline="true">
6343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6346 \begin_layout Standard
6361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6364 \begin_layout Standard
6380 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6402 \begin_layout Standard
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6426 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6433 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6444 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6447 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 \begin_layout Enumerate
6453 This is (a) and it's nested.
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6458 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6466 \begin_inset Tabular
6467 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6471 <row topline="true">
6472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6475 \begin_layout Standard
6490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6509 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6513 \begin_layout Standard
6528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6555 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6561 \begin_layout Enumerate
6568 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6571 \begin_layout Enumerate
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6576 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6581 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6583 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6586 \begin_layout Enumerate
6591 \begin_layout Enumerate
6592 This is (a) and it's nested.
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6596 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6604 \begin_inset Tabular
6605 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6609 <row topline="true">
6610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6647 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6651 \begin_layout Standard
6666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6669 \begin_layout Standard
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6693 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6699 \begin_layout Enumerate
6701 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6709 \begin_layout Enumerate
6713 \begin_layout Standard
6714 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6720 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6721 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6725 \begin_layout Subsection
6726 Usage and General Features
6727 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6728 name "sub:nest-Usage"
6735 \begin_layout Standard
6736 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6745 is the innermost possible depth.
6746 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6749 \begin_layout Enumerate
6750 level #1 - outermost
6754 \begin_layout Enumerate
6759 \begin_layout Enumerate
6764 \begin_layout Enumerate
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6785 both of them in the example.
6786 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6796 For example, if we tried to nest another
6801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6811 \begin_layout Subsection
6813 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6814 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6821 \begin_layout Standard
6822 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6823 We have several examples of nested environments.
6824 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6829 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6832 \begin_layout Labeling
6833 \labelwidthstring MMM
6834 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6843 \begin_layout Labeling
6844 \labelwidthstring MMM
6845 #2-a This is level #2.
6846 We created it by using
6858 \begin_layout Labeling
6859 \labelwidthstring MMM
6860 #3-a This is level #3.
6861 This time, we just hit
6870 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6888 environment, nested inside of
6889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6897 So, it's at level #4.
6898 We did this by hitting
6906 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6911 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6932 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6939 \begin_layout Labeling
6940 \labelwidthstring MMM
6941 #4-a This is level #4.
6946 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6951 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6955 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6960 keep nesting things inside of
6961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6972 \begin_layout Labeling
6973 \labelwidthstring MMM
6974 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6979 \begin_layout Labeling
6980 \labelwidthstring MMM
6981 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6982 and this is level #6.
6983 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6987 \begin_layout Labeling
6988 \labelwidthstring MMM
6989 #5-b Back to level #5.
7002 \begin_layout Labeling
7003 \labelwidthstring MMM
7012 , we're back at level #4.
7016 \begin_layout Labeling
7017 \labelwidthstring MMM
7018 #3-b Back to level #3.
7019 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7023 \begin_layout Labeling
7024 \labelwidthstring MMM
7025 #2-b Back to level #2.
7030 \begin_layout Labeling
7031 \labelwidthstring MMM
7032 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7033 After this sentence, we'll hit
7037 and change the paragraph environment back to
7044 \begin_layout Standard
7045 We could have also used the
7061 environment in place of the
7066 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7070 Example 2: Inheritance
7073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7074 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7087 , after which, we'll change to the
7095 \begin_layout Enumerate
7100 environment, at level #2.
7103 \begin_layout Enumerate
7104 Notice how the nested
7108 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7112 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7117 We ended this example by hitting
7122 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7126 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7134 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7146 \begin_layout Standard
7147 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7155 \begin_layout Enumerate
7156 This is level #1, in an
7160 paragraph environment.
7161 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7165 \begin_layout Enumerate
7176 Now, what happens if we nest an
7180 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7181 label be? An asterisk?
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7196 So, its label is a bullet.
7197 (We got here by using
7205 , then changing the environment to
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 Here's level #4, produced using
7223 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7228 \begin_layout Enumerate
7229 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7231 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7236 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7240 , because we are in the
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7269 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7270 type of numbering does LyX use?
7273 \begin_layout Enumerate
7274 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7278 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7281 \begin_layout Enumerate
7286 to decrease the depth after the next
7294 \begin_layout Enumerate
7296 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7300 \begin_layout Enumerate
7302 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7303 numeral as the label.Why?
7306 \begin_layout Enumerate
7307 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7316 Notice, however, that LyX
7320 reset the counter for the label.
7324 \begin_layout Enumerate
7333 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7334 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7335 into the twofold-nested
7343 \begin_layout Enumerate
7344 The same thing happens if we do another
7352 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7355 \begin_layout Standard
7356 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7361 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
7375 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7381 The same rule applies for the
7385 environment, as well.
7388 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7389 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7393 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7394 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7395 same detail with how we did it.
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7407 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7409 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7410 example in parentheses someplace.
7411 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7412 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7413 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7417 \begin_layout Enumerate
7422 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7427 Now we'll add verse.
7429 It will get much worse.
7433 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7439 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7441 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7460 \begin_layout Standard
7462 \begin_inset Tabular
7463 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7471 \begin_layout Standard
7486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7489 \begin_layout Standard
7505 <row topline="true">
7506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7527 \begin_layout Standard
7554 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7558 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7564 \begin_layout Enumerate
7569 : level #1) This is another item.
7570 Note that selecting a
7574 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7575 3 times to put the table inside the
7583 \begin_layout Quotation
7584 We're now ending the
7588 list and changing to
7593 We're still at level #1.
7594 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7595 The next set of paragraphs is a
7596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7612 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7616 for the letter body.
7621 to preserve the depth.
7622 Remember that you need to use
7626 to create multiple lines inside the
7640 \begin_layout Right Address
7643 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7648 \begin_layout Address
7649 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7653 \begin_layout Quotation
7654 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7655 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7658 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7659 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7660 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7661 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7662 as soon as possible.
7663 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7666 \begin_layout Quotation
7667 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7668 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7669 with your order, along with payment.
7672 \begin_layout Quotation
7673 We thank you again for your patience.
7676 \begin_layout Address
7683 \begin_layout Quotation
7684 That ends that example!
7687 \begin_layout Standard
7688 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7689 just a few keystrokes.
7690 We could have easily nested an
7711 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7714 \begin_layout Section
7715 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7718 \begin_layout Subsection
7720 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7721 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7734 \begin_layout Standard
7735 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7736 in a uniform fashion.
7737 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7738 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7739 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7740 equally between themselves.
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7749 can be inserted with
7751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7752 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7753 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7757 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7762 This is on the left side
7764 This is on the right
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 That was an example in the
7794 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7800 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7803 is one in a standard paragraph.
7804 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7808 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7812 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7813 Here's an example with the
7820 \begin_layout Labeling
7821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7842 marks the beginning of the item.
7843 (There is actually a
7844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7851 HFill inside of the label of the
7855 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7864 situations, like two-column mode.
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7868 Note: if an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7872 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7873 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7874 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7884 ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7886 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7895 Other space variants
7896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7897 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7906 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7908 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7914 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7916 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7919 \begin_layout Paragraph
7923 \begin_layout Standard
7924 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7925 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7936 For example the command
7943 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7946 cm space within the following line:
7949 \begin_layout Standard
7951 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7958 \begin_layout Standard
7968 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7972 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7975 cm space between the arrows.
7978 \begin_layout Standard
7979 You can use all length units listed in appendix\InsetSpace ~
7981 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7982 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7989 \begin_layout Paragraph
7993 \begin_layout Standard
7994 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7996 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7999 \begin_layout Standard
8000 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8003 What is correct English?:
8008 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8014 \begin_layout Standard
8030 \begin_layout Standard
8041 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8059 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8066 In our case write the command
8073 (note the space after
8074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8081 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8082 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8083 That is why it is named
8084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8095 \begin_layout Standard
8096 There exists also the commands
8108 , but this too special for the LyX userguide.
8109 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8110 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
8111 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8123 \begin_layout Subsection
8125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8126 name "sec:vertspace"
8133 \begin_layout Standard
8134 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8140 There you find the following sizes:
8143 \begin_layout Standard
8156 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8161 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 for the paragraph separation.
8167 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8178 \begin_layout Standard
8183 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8184 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8186 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8187 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8196 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8197 If there are several
8201 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8202 You can therefore use
8206 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8209 \begin_layout Standard
8214 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8217 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8225 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
8226 only added if you have also checked the option
8233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8239 \begin_layout Subsection
8243 \begin_layout Standard
8244 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8250 There are four possibilities:
8253 \begin_layout Itemize
8259 \begin_layout Itemize
8265 \begin_layout Itemize
8271 \begin_layout Itemize
8277 \begin_layout Standard
8278 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8279 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8280 the left and right margins.
8281 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8286 This paragraph is right aligned,
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8291 this one is centered,
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8296 this one is left aligned.
8299 \begin_layout Subsection
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8302 name "sec:pagebreak"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8311 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8312 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8313 Only if you use many
8317 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8320 \begin_layout Standard
8321 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8322 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8326 have to change the pagebreaking.
8329 \begin_layout Standard
8330 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8332 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8334 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8338 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8339 that it fills out the complete page.
8340 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8341 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8342 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8353 \begin_layout Standard
8354 More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
8356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8367 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8368 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8372 \begin_layout Standard
8373 normally one uses simply
8385 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8386 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8389 \begin_layout Standard
8390 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8391 at the top of a page.
8392 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8393 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8394 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8395 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8398 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8409 \begin_layout Subsection
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8416 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8419 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8428 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8429 whole space between the page margins.
8430 This is necessary to avoid
8431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8438 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8439 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8451 The syntax is similar tho the command
8457 , described in the previous section.
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8462 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8463 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8464 set a linebreak, e.g.
8465 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8467 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8468 reference "sec:quote"
8473 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8474 reference "sec:Verse"
8479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8480 reference "sec:adress_usage"
8487 \begin_layout Subsection
8489 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8490 name "sub:Protected-blanks"
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8500 protected\InsetSpace ~
8503 is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
8504 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8508 More information is given in section
8511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8512 reference "sec:quote"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
8522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8538 A protected blank is inserted with
8540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8541 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8542 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8550 \begin_layout Subsection
8551 Lines around Paragraphs
8552 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8553 name "sub:Lines-around-Paragraphs"
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8587 you can put lines above and below a paragraph, as this is done for this
8593 \begin_layout Section
8594 Fonts and Text Styles
8595 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8596 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8603 \begin_layout Subsection
8607 \begin_layout Standard
8608 There are two types of fonts:
8611 \begin_layout Description
8612 Outline\InsetSpace ~
8613 fonts are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8614 characters) in the font.
8615 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8616 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8617 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8618 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8619 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8620 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8621 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8622 provide a good image.
8624 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8625 size and scale them.
8626 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8627 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8628 sizes than at small ones.
8646 \begin_layout Description
8648 fonts on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start,
8649 so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8650 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8651 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8652 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8653 picture manipulation program.
8654 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8655 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8656 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8657 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8658 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8660 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8661 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8663 Bitmap fonts are named
8669 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8672 \begin_layout Standard
8673 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8674 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8675 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8676 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8680 \begin_layout Standard
8681 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8682 its document properties.
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8686 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
8687 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
8688 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
8689 font to emphasize text, you use an
8690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8698 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
8699 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
8703 \begin_layout Subsection
8704 Document Font and Font size
8705 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8706 name "sub:Document-Font"
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 You can set the default font in the
8716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8720 The possible options for the font include
8724 and a list of fonts available on your system.
8729 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
8730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8751 European Computer Modern
8754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8773 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeld in PDF output, especially when
8774 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
8775 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
8779 in version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
8781 But to get rid of pixeld fonts generally, you have to use an outline font.
8782 We will show you three possibilities to use them:
8785 \begin_layout Itemize
8786 One way is to use the
8790 font by choosing it in the
8792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8808 and is a virtual font.
8809 Virtual means that it
8810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8821 -glyphs from other fonts.
8822 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
8824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8844 Loading the LaTeX-package
8848 with the document preamble line
8851 \begin_layout Standard
8856 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 will fix the guillemet problem.
8866 And accented characters are not
8870 glyph, they are build of
8874 characters, the accent and the letter.
8875 Therefore you can't search in documents that are created with the
8879 font for words with accented characters.
8881 if you search for the French word
8882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8889 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
8891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8898 and not for the glyph
8899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8920 \begin_inset Note Note
8923 \begin_layout Standard
8931 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
8932 to be accented with the grave.
8934 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
8935 in section\InsetSpace ~
8937 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8947 Note, that this problem appears only in the output, because LyX's screen
8948 fonts are different from the one in the output, see the last paragraph
8952 \begin_layout Itemize
8953 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8966 , consists of these three main font types
8988 as sans serif font (package
8996 for typewriter (package
9004 as serif font (package
9009 They are loaded in the document preamble (menu
9011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9014 ) with the following lines:
9015 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9024 usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
9028 usepackage{mathptmx}
9035 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9040 You also have to use
9046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9051 The differences between
9064 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9066 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9067 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9077 was originally designed for newspapers.
9078 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9079 into the small newspaper columns.
9084 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9087 \begin_layout Itemize
9088 The best solution is to use the
9089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9105 This font is developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9110 To use the font, use
9116 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9119 dialog and add the following line to the document preamble:
9120 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 The document font size is adjusted in the dialog
9135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9139 There are four possible values:
9156 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9159 \begin_layout Standard
9160 The font sizes are the
9165 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9166 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9167 You can always fine-tune the font size of text parts from within the document
9169 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9172 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9179 \begin_layout Standard
9180 Note that when you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9184 change the screen font.
9185 You'll only see a difference in the printed output.
9186 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9187 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9189 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9192 dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
9194 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9195 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
9202 \begin_layout Subsection
9203 Using Different Character Styles
9206 \begin_layout Standard
9207 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9208 certain paragraph environments.
9209 LyX supports two character styles,
9218 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9222 \begin_layout Standard
9227 style, do one of the following:
9230 \begin_layout Itemize
9231 click on the toolbar button
9232 \begin_inset Graphics
9233 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
9240 \begin_layout Itemize
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9248 These commands are all toggles.
9253 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9257 One typically uses the
9261 style for proper names.
9263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9270 is the original author of LyX.
9271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9277 \begin_layout Standard
9278 A more widely used character style is the
9283 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9290 \begin_layout Itemize
9291 clicking on the toolbar button
9292 \begin_inset Graphics
9293 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9300 \begin_layout Itemize
9301 using the keybindings
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9312 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9313 es use a different font.
9316 \begin_layout Standard
9317 We've been using the
9321 style all over the place in this document.
9322 Here's one more example:
9325 \begin_layout Quotation
9328 Don't overuse character styles!
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9332 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9333 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9334 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9335 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9339 \begin_layout Standard
9340 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9347 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9354 \begin_layout Subsection
9355 Fine-Tuning with the
9360 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9361 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9369 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9370 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9371 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9372 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9373 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9374 from ordinary dialogue.
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9379 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9381 Documents that overuse
9382 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone's
9383 knocked huge holes in it.
9386 \begin_layout Standard
9387 To use custom character styles, open the
9389 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9394 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9395 font property which you can choose.
9396 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9401 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9406 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9407 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9408 environments in a snap.
9411 \begin_layout Standard
9412 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9424 \begin_layout Labeling
9425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9439 The possible options are:
9443 \begin_layout Labeling
9444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9449 This is the Roman font family.
9450 Normally a serif font.
9451 It's also the default family.
9456 \begin_layout Standard
9474 \begin_layout Standard
9482 \begin_inset Note Note
9485 \begin_layout Standard
9486 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be breaked at the end of a line.
9487 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9490 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9502 \begin_layout Labeling
9503 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9511 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9518 \begin_layout Standard
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9546 \begin_layout Labeling
9547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9554 This is the Typewriter font family.
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9579 \begin_layout Standard
9592 \begin_layout Labeling
9593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9598 This corresponds to the print weight.
9603 \begin_layout Labeling
9604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9609 This is the Medium font series.
9610 It's also the default series.
9613 \begin_layout Labeling
9614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9621 This is the Bold font series.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9657 \begin_layout Labeling
9658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9663 As the name implies.
9668 \begin_layout Labeling
9669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9674 This is the Upright font shape.
9675 It's also the default shape.
9678 \begin_layout Labeling
9679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9693 s the Italic font shape
9699 \begin_layout Labeling
9700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9707 This is the Slanted font shape
9709 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9712 \begin_layout Labeling
9713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9721 This is the Small caps font shape
9728 \begin_layout Labeling
9729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9734 Alters the size of the font.
9735 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
9736 nal to the document font size.
9737 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
9738 what you want to do.
9743 \begin_layout Labeling
9744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9784 \begin_layout Standard
9795 \begin_layout Standard
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_layout Labeling
9824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9846 \begin_layout Standard
9864 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_layout Labeling
9875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9897 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_layout Labeling
9955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9995 \begin_layout Standard
10006 \begin_layout Standard
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_layout Labeling
10035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10049 It's also the default size.
10054 \begin_layout Standard
10072 \begin_layout Standard
10083 \begin_layout Standard
10101 \begin_layout Standard
10111 \begin_layout Labeling
10112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10181 \begin_layout Standard
10191 \begin_layout Labeling
10192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10243 \begin_layout Standard
10261 \begin_layout Standard
10271 \begin_layout Labeling
10272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10312 \begin_layout Standard
10322 \begin_layout Labeling
10323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10374 \begin_layout Standard
10392 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Labeling
10403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10425 \begin_layout Standard
10443 \begin_layout Standard
10454 \begin_layout Standard
10472 \begin_layout Standard
10483 \begin_layout Standard
10488 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10489 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10490 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10491 - use that instead.
10492 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10495 \begin_layout Labeling
10496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10506 \begin_layout Labeling
10507 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10514 This is text with emphasize on
10517 This might seem like the same as
10521 , but it is actually a bit different.
10527 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10529 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10532 \begin_layout Labeling
10533 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10540 This is text with Underbar on.
10547 \begin_layout Standard
10565 \begin_layout Standard
10578 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10579 when you couldn't change fonts.
10580 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10581 It's only included in LyX because some people
10585 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10588 \begin_layout Labeling
10589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10596 This is text with Noun on.
10603 , this is a logical attribute.
10604 Normally it's equivalent to
10613 \begin_layout Labeling
10614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10619 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10620 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10626 , which is the default
10627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10634 and means normally black, you can choose between
10669 \begin_layout Labeling
10670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10675 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10676 the language of the document.
10677 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10682 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10683 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10685 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10689 dialog, the settings are saved.
10690 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10691 \begin_inset Graphics
10692 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10697 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10698 when the dialog isn't visible.
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10703 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10709 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10710 (suppose you just set the shape to
10711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10728 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
10756 \begin_layout Itemize
10762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10769 font, that means every character has the same width, the
10770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10805 \begin_layout Standard
10817 \begin_inset Note Note
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
10823 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10824 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
10838 \begin_layout Itemize
10843 fonts use characters with serifs.
10844 These are the small
10845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10852 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
10853 The following example will show the difference:
10859 text without serifs
10863 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
10864 They are therefore used as default font (named
10871 \begin_layout Itemize
10877 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
10878 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
10881 \begin_layout Standard
10882 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
10883 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
10886 \begin_layout Section
10887 Printing and Previewing
10890 \begin_layout Subsection
10894 \begin_layout Standard
10895 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
10896 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
10897 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
10898 goes on behind-the-scenes.
10899 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10907 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
10908 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
10909 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
10910 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
10911 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
10912 This happens in two stages:
10915 \begin_layout Enumerate
10916 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
10917 generating a file with the extension,
10918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10932 \begin_layout Enumerate
10933 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
10937 file to produce printable output.
10941 \begin_layout Subsection
10942 Output file formats
10943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10944 name "File formats"
10949 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10950 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
10957 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10960 name "File formats ! ASCII"
10967 \begin_layout Standard
10968 This file type has the extension
10969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10981 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
10982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10985 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
10986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
10995 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10996 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11004 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11005 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 This file type has the extension
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11025 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11027 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11028 it manually with console commands.
11029 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11030 you view or export your document.
11033 \begin_layout Standard
11034 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11036 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11037 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11042 \begin_layout Standard
11054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11056 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11057 name "File formats ! DVI"
11064 \begin_layout Standard
11065 This file type has the extension
11066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11086 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11087 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11088 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11090 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11095 NOTE: The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11096 So don't forget this, if you move your
11100 file to another computer.
11101 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11102 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11103 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11104 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11107 \begin_layout Standard
11108 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11110 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11111 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11119 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11120 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11127 \begin_layout Standard
11128 This file type has the extension
11129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11141 PostScript was developed by the company
11145 as printer language.
11146 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11148 PostScript can be seen as
11149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11152 programming language
11153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11156 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images
11160 \begin_layout Standard
11161 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11172 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11175 \begin_layout Standard
11176 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11180 Encapsulated PostScript
11181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11184 (EPS, file extension
11185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11197 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11198 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11199 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11200 whenever you view or export your document.
11201 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11202 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11203 EPS to avoid this problem.
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11207 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11209 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11210 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11218 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11219 name "File formats ! PDF"
11224 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233 This file type has the extension
11234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11250 Portable Document Format
11251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11254 (PDF) is developed by
11258 as derivative from PostScript.
11259 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11268 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11269 looks exactly the same.
11272 \begin_layout Standard
11273 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11277 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11281 (JPG, file extension
11282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11309 Portable Network Graphics
11310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11313 (PNG, file extension
11314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11326 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11327 in the background to one of these formats.
11328 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11329 will slow down your workflow.
11330 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11336 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11339 in three different ways:
11342 \begin_layout Description
11343 PDF This uses the program
11347 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11348 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11352 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11353 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11356 \begin_layout Description
11358 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11362 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11366 \begin_layout Description
11368 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11372 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 We recommend to use
11385 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11391 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11394 \begin_layout Subsection
11396 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11397 name "Document ! Preview "
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11406 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11410 and choose a file type.
11411 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11414 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11417 you can use the toolbar button
11418 \begin_inset Graphics
11419 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11429 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11433 you can use the toolbar button
11434 \begin_inset Graphics
11435 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11443 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11444 viewer window using the menu
11446 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11455 To have a real output, export your document.
11458 \begin_layout Subsection
11459 Printing the File from within LyX
11460 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11461 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11468 \begin_layout Standard
11469 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11470 it directly from within LyX.
11471 To print a file, select the menu
11473 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11476 or click on the toolbar button
11477 \begin_inset Graphics
11478 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11483 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11484 This file is then processed by the program
11488 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11493 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11496 \begin_layout Standard
11497 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11498 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11499 printing one set to print on the other side.
11500 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11501 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11502 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11505 \begin_layout Standard
11506 You can set the parameters in the
11514 \begin_layout Labeling
11515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11520 This is the name of the printer to print to
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11525 Note that this printer name is for the program
11534 has to be configured for this printer name.
11535 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11538 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11548 The printer should understand PostScript.
11551 \begin_layout Labeling
11552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11557 The name of a file to print to.
11558 The output will be a PostScript file.
11559 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11563 \begin_layout Section
11564 A few Words about Typography
11565 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11573 \begin_layout Subsection
11575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11602 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11617 \begin_layout Enumerate
11623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11637 \begin_layout Enumerate
11643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11652 \begin_layout Standard
11664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11670 \begin_layout Enumerate
11676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11685 \begin_layout Standard
11698 \begin_layout Standard
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11716 \begin_layout Enumerate
11720 \begin_inset Formula $-$
11726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11740 \begin_layout Standard
11741 You generate them by inserting the
11742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11753 character multiple times in a row.
11754 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
11755 final output, but not in LyX.
11758 \begin_layout Standard
11759 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
11760 math mode and has a length of its own.
11761 Here are some examples of the
11762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11776 \begin_layout Enumerate
11777 line- and page-breaks
11786 \begin_layout Enumerate
11796 \begin_layout Enumerate
11797 Oh --- there's a dash.
11806 \begin_layout Enumerate
11807 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
11819 \begin_layout Subsection
11821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11827 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11828 name "sub:Hyphenation"
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
11837 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package babel following the rules of the
11842 \begin_layout Standard
11843 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
11850 German\InsetSpace ~
11856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11868 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
11873 and with unusual constructs, like
11874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11882 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
11883 This is done with the menu
11885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11886 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11887 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
11891 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
11892 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
11897 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
11898 a hyphen and a space in the form
11899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11907 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
11908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11915 as hyphenation possibility.
11916 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
11917 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
11918 of the LaTeX-box-command
11924 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
11925 As LyX doesn't support
11931 , we have to use ERT.
11932 The result looks in LyX like:
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936 \begin_inset Graphics
11937 filename clipart/mbox.png
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11945 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
11947 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11948 reference "sec:ERT"
11955 \begin_layout Subsection
11957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11958 name "Punctuation marks"
11965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11966 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
11967 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11975 \begin_layout Standard
11976 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
11977 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
11978 LaTeX then adds the
11979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 appropriate amount of space
11983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11987 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
11989 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
11992 \begin_layout Standard
11993 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
11996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12007 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12008 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12011 \begin_layout Standard
12012 Here are some examples of
12016 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12019 \begin_layout Itemize
12024 \begin_layout Itemize
12029 \begin_layout Standard
12030 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12033 \begin_layout Itemize
12036 this is too much space!
12039 \begin_layout Itemize
12044 \begin_layout Standard
12045 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12048 \begin_layout Standard
12049 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12052 \begin_layout Enumerate
12055 Protected\InsetSpace ~
12058 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12060 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12061 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
12068 \begin_layout Enumerate
12077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12078 Special\InsetSpace ~
12085 ) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12088 \begin_layout Standard
12089 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12092 \begin_layout Itemize
12095 this is too much space!
12098 \begin_layout Itemize
12099 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12103 \begin_layout Standard
12104 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12105 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12106 LaTeX will care about this.
12109 \begin_layout Standard
12110 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12113 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12117 feature described in
12124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12126 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12127 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12132 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12133 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12138 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12146 \begin_layout Standard
12147 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12148 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12149 and use a closing quote at the end.
12151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12159 The keyboard character,
12163 , generates this automatically.
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 You can change the behavior of the
12171 key using the submenu
12177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12181 Selecting the button
12189 key produce the sequence:
12190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12202 , in contrast, makes the
12207 \begin_inset Quotes els
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12219 There are six choices:
12222 \begin_layout Labeling
12223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 Use quotes like this
12236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12244 \begin_inset Quotes els
12248 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12254 \begin_layout Labeling
12255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12258 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12262 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12268 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12272 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12276 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12282 \begin_layout Labeling
12283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12290 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12296 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12300 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12304 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12308 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12314 \begin_layout Labeling
12315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12322 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12328 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12336 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12340 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12346 \begin_layout Labeling
12347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12350 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12354 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12360 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12364 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12368 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12372 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12378 \begin_layout Labeling
12379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12382 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12386 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12392 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12396 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12400 \begin_inset Quotes als
12404 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12410 \begin_layout Standard
12411 These options affects what character the
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12432 \begin_layout Subsection
12434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12435 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12440 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12441 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12446 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12447 name "sec:ligatures"
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12455 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12456 print them as single characters.
12457 These groups are known as
12462 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12464 Here are the standard ligatures:
12467 \begin_layout Itemize
12471 \begin_layout Itemize
12475 \begin_layout Itemize
12479 \begin_layout Itemize
12483 \begin_layout Itemize
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12493 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12501 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12517 To break a ligature, use
12519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12520 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12521 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12537 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12554 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12562 \begin_layout Subsection
12564 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12565 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12570 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12571 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 You have surely noticed, that the word
12580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12587 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12588 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12589 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 \begin_layout Standard
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12613 \begin_layout Description
12614 LyX The name of the game, write
12615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12622 \begin_layout Standard
12630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12636 \begin_layout Description
12637 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_layout Standard
12653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12659 \begin_layout Description
12660 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 \begin_layout Standard
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12682 \begin_layout Description
12683 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 \begin_layout Standard
12706 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
12707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12711 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
12715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
12720 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
12721 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
12724 : The actual version is
12725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 , the previous one was
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12743 \begin_layout Standard
12744 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
12745 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
12746 This will look in LyX like:
12747 \begin_inset Graphics
12748 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
12754 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
12756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12757 reference "sec:ERT"
12764 \begin_layout Subsection
12766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12767 name "Typography ! Units"
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
12776 space between two words.
12777 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
12780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 for units use the menu
12789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 Here's an example to show the differences:
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 \begin_inset Tabular
12807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
12809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12818 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 space between number and unit
12837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12840 \begin_layout Standard
12841 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12843 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 half space between number and unit
12868 \begin_layout Subsection
12870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12871 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
12876 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12885 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12887 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12888 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12889 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12890 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12891 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12892 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12905 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12906 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12907 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12908 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12909 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12910 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12915 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12916 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12918 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12919 key "latexcompanion"
12925 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12930 ] may have more information.
12931 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12934 \begin_layout Chapter
12935 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
12936 \begin_inset OptArg
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12946 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12947 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
12960 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
12963 \begin_layout Section
12965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12971 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12979 \begin_layout Standard
12980 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
12983 \begin_layout Description
12985 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
12988 \begin_inset Note Note
12991 \begin_layout Standard
12992 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13000 \begin_layout Description
13001 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13002 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13004 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13005 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13006 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13011 \begin_inset Note Comment
13014 \begin_layout Standard
13015 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13023 \begin_layout Description
13024 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13025 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13030 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13033 \begin_layout Standard
13038 \begin_layout Standard
13039 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13044 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13053 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13054 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13057 \begin_layout Description
13058 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13060 \begin_inset Note Framed
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13069 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13071 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13072 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13076 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13080 \begin_layout Description
13081 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13082 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13085 \begin_layout Standard
13086 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13091 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13092 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13095 \begin_layout Standard
13096 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13097 \begin_inset Graphics
13098 filename ../../../../Programme/LyX 1.5.1/Resources/./images/note-insert.xpm
13100 scaleBeforeRotation
13106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13110 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13113 \begin_layout Section
13115 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13123 \begin_layout Standard
13124 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 or the toolbar button
13131 \begin_inset Graphics
13132 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
13145 \begin_inset Graphics
13146 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13156 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13185 label, the box will
13189 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13190 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13203 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 Here's an example footnote:
13228 \begin_layout Standard
13229 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13237 \begin_layout Standard
13238 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13239 position where the footnote box is placed.
13240 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13241 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13242 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13243 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13244 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13249 ey are described in the section
13250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13272 \begin_layout Section
13274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13275 name "Marginal notes"
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13284 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13287 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13290 or the toolbar button
13291 \begin_inset Graphics
13292 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13319 appearing within your text.
13320 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13329 \begin_layout Standard
13330 At the side is an example marginal note.
13334 \begin_inset Marginal
13337 \begin_layout Standard
13338 This is a marginal note.
13346 \begin_layout Standard
13347 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13348 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13349 pages, right on odd pages.
13352 \begin_layout Section
13353 Graphics and Images
13354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13360 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13366 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13367 name "sec:Graphics"
13374 \begin_layout Standard
13375 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13376 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13377 \begin_inset Graphics
13378 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13388 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13391 \begin_layout Standard
13392 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13397 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13398 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13399 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13401 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13403 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13404 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13411 \begin_layout Standard
13416 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13417 of the image in the output.
13418 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13430 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13433 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13434 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13443 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13448 You can also set the
13452 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13453 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13455 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13456 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13466 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13467 image size is printed.
13470 \begin_layout Standard
13471 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13472 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13474 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13475 centered paragraph:
13478 \begin_layout Standard
13480 \begin_inset Graphics
13481 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13484 rotateOrigin center
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13493 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13495 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13496 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13503 \begin_layout Subsection
13505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13506 name "Image formats"
13511 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13512 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 You can insert images in any known file format.
13521 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13524 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13528 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13529 LyX uses therefore the program
13533 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13534 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13535 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13538 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13545 \begin_layout Standard
13546 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13549 \begin_layout Description
13550 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13551 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13552 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeld in large zooms.
13553 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13557 Graphics Interchange Format
13558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13561 (GIF, file extension
13562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13575 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13583 Portable Network Graphics
13584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13587 (PNG, file extension
13588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13601 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13609 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13613 (JPG, file extension
13614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13638 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13639 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13646 \begin_layout Description
13647 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13648 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13650 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13651 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13652 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13655 calable image formats can be
13656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13659 Scalable Vector Graphics
13660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13663 (SVG, file extension
13664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13676 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13677 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13685 Encapsulated PostScript
13686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13689 (EPS, file extension
13690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13703 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
13708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 Portable Document Format
13712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13715 (PDF, file extension
13716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13728 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13734 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
13735 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
13736 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
13755 \begin_layout Section
13757 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13763 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13771 \begin_layout Standard
13772 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
13773 \begin_inset Graphics
13774 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
13781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13785 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
13786 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
13787 from the rest of the table.
13788 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
13789 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
13791 Here's an example table:
13794 \begin_layout Standard
13796 \begin_inset Tabular
13797 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
13799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13803 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13807 \begin_layout Standard
13813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13816 \begin_layout Standard
13831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13834 \begin_layout Standard
13840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13850 <row topline="true">
13851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13897 <row topline="true">
13898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13901 \begin_layout Standard
13916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13919 \begin_layout Standard
13925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13928 \begin_layout Standard
13938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13948 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13979 \begin_layout Standard
13985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13988 \begin_layout Standard
14002 \begin_layout Subsection
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14008 brings up the table dialog.
14009 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14010 where the cursor is placed currently.
14011 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14012 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14013 done on all of your selection.
14014 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
14018 of the cell, and the cell itself.
14019 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14028 you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
14029 for the current row.
14030 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14031 current cell respectively.
14032 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14034 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14035 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14037 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14038 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14045 \begin_layout Standard
14046 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14052 This will merge the cells to
14056 cell, spread over more than one column.
14057 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14058 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14059 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14060 in the last row without the upper border:
14063 \begin_layout Standard
14065 \begin_inset Tabular
14066 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14067 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14069 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14070 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14072 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14076 \begin_layout Standard
14082 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14085 \begin_layout Standard
14091 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14110 <row topline="true">
14111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14114 \begin_layout Standard
14129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14132 \begin_layout Standard
14138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14157 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14167 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14170 \begin_layout Standard
14176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14179 \begin_layout Standard
14185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14203 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14204 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14205 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14206 explained in the tables section of the
14208 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14212 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14213 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14216 degrees counterclockwise.
14217 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14218 Note, that most DVI-viewers are
14222 able to display rotations.
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14230 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14235 adds lines for all cell borders.
14238 \begin_layout Subsection
14240 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14241 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14259 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14260 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14263 \begin_layout Description
14268 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14269 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14270 except for the first page, if
14278 \begin_layout Description
14284 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14285 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14288 \begin_layout Description
14293 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14294 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14295 except for the last page, if
14303 \begin_layout Description
14309 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14310 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14315 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14316 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14317 The others will then be defined as
14322 In this context, first means first in this order:
14324 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14337 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14342 \begin_inset Tabular
14343 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14344 <features islongtable="true">
14345 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14346 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14347 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14348 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14349 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14355 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14360 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14369 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14379 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14380 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14383 \begin_layout Standard
14391 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14400 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14412 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14413 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14416 \begin_layout Standard
14424 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14427 \begin_layout Standard
14433 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14443 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14444 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14455 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14464 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14476 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14477 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Standard
14488 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14491 \begin_layout Standard
14497 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Standard
14507 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14511 \begin_layout Standard
14519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14528 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14538 <row bottomline="true">
14539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14562 \begin_layout Standard
14569 <row bottomline="true">
14570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14584 \begin_layout Standard
14590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14593 \begin_layout Standard
14600 <row bottomline="true">
14601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14604 \begin_layout Standard
14612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14615 \begin_layout Standard
14621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14631 <row bottomline="true">
14632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14635 \begin_layout Standard
14643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14655 \begin_layout Standard
14662 <row bottomline="true">
14663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14693 <row bottomline="true">
14694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14697 \begin_layout Standard
14705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14724 <row bottomline="true">
14725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14748 \begin_layout Standard
14755 <row bottomline="true">
14756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14786 <row bottomline="true">
14787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14810 \begin_layout Standard
14817 <row bottomline="true">
14818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14848 <row bottomline="true">
14849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14863 \begin_layout Standard
14869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14879 <row bottomline="true">
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14894 \begin_layout Standard
14900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14910 <row bottomline="true">
14911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14934 \begin_layout Standard
14941 <row bottomline="true">
14942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14972 <row bottomline="true">
14973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15003 <row bottomline="true">
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15034 <row bottomline="true">
15035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15065 <row bottomline="true">
15066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15096 <row bottomline="true">
15097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15127 <row bottomline="true">
15128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15158 <row bottomline="true">
15159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15189 <row bottomline="true">
15190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15220 <row bottomline="true">
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15251 <row bottomline="true">
15252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15282 <row bottomline="true">
15283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15313 <row bottomline="true">
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15344 <row bottomline="true">
15345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Standard
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15375 <row bottomline="true">
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15390 \begin_layout Standard
15396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15406 <row bottomline="true">
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Standard
15437 <row bottomline="true">
15438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15452 \begin_layout Standard
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Standard
15468 <row bottomline="true">
15469 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15478 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15487 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15497 <row bottomline="true">
15498 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15501 \begin_layout Standard
15509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15528 <row bottomline="true">
15529 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15559 <row bottomline="true">
15560 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15583 \begin_layout Standard
15590 <row bottomline="true">
15591 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15621 <row bottomline="true">
15622 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15636 \begin_layout Standard
15642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15652 <row bottomline="true">
15653 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15656 \begin_layout Standard
15664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15667 \begin_layout Standard
15673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15676 \begin_layout Standard
15683 <row bottomline="true">
15684 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15714 <row bottomline="true">
15715 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Standard
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15745 <row bottomline="true">
15746 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Standard
15757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15769 \begin_layout Standard
15776 <row bottomline="true">
15777 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15800 \begin_layout Standard
15807 <row bottomline="true">
15808 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15838 <row bottomline="true">
15839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15869 <row bottomline="true">
15870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15900 <row bottomline="true">
15901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15931 <row bottomline="true">
15932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15962 <row bottomline="true">
15963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15977 \begin_layout Standard
15983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15993 <row bottomline="true">
15994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16024 <row bottomline="true">
16025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16055 <row bottomline="true">
16056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16086 <row bottomline="true">
16087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <row bottomline="true">
16118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Standard
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16148 <row bottomline="true">
16149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Standard
16179 <row bottomline="true">
16180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <row bottomline="true">
16211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16241 <row bottomline="true">
16242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16272 <row bottomline="true">
16273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Standard
16293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Standard
16303 <row bottomline="true">
16304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16334 <row bottomline="true">
16335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16365 <row bottomline="true">
16366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Standard
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16396 <row bottomline="true">
16397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16427 <row bottomline="true">
16428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Standard
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16458 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16459 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16496 \begin_layout Subsection
16498 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16499 name "Tables ! Cells"
16504 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16505 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16512 \begin_layout Standard
16513 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16514 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16515 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16516 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16520 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16521 for the cell's paragraph.
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16525 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16526 for the column in the table dialog.
16527 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16528 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16532 \begin_layout Standard
16534 \begin_inset Tabular
16535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16538 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16540 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16559 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Standard
16628 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Standard
16652 <row bottomline="true">
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Standard
16684 This is longer now.
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16708 <row bottomline="true">
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Standard
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Standard
16740 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16741 This is longer now.
16746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Standard
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16773 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
16774 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16775 Selection with the mouse or with
16779 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16780 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
16781 the selection from outside the table.
16784 \begin_layout Section
16786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16792 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16800 \begin_layout Standard
16801 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
16802 have a fixed location.
16804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16811 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
16818 Margin\InsetSpace ~
16821 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
16822 too much notes at the page.
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16826 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
16827 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
16828 and pages without text.
16829 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
16830 , every float can be referenced in the text.
16831 Floats are therefore numbered.
16832 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
16834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16835 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16843 To insert a float, use the menu
16845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16849 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
16852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16855 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16860 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
16861 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
16863 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
16864 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
16865 paragraph within the float.
16866 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
16867 by left-clicking on the box label.
16868 A closed float box looks like this:
16869 \begin_inset Graphics
16870 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
16875 -- a gray button with a red label.
16878 \begin_layout Standard
16879 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
16880 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
16883 \begin_layout Subsection
16887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16890 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
16895 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16896 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16907 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16910 inserts a float with the label
16911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16916 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16924 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
16925 above to get the caption printed below the image.
16926 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
16928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16929 reference "cap:kill-plat"
16934 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
16935 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
16936 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
16938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16939 reference "cap:escher"
16946 \begin_layout Standard
16947 \begin_inset Float figure
16952 \begin_layout Standard
16954 \begin_inset Graphics
16955 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16958 rotateOrigin center
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16966 \begin_inset Caption
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16969 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16970 name "cap:kill-plat"
16974 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
16987 \begin_layout Standard
16988 \begin_inset Float figure
16993 \begin_layout Standard
16994 \begin_inset Caption
16996 \begin_layout Standard
16997 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17011 \begin_layout Standard
17013 \begin_inset Graphics
17014 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17017 rotateOrigin center
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17030 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17032 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17034 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17035 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17039 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17044 and refer to it using the menu
17046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17050 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17059 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17071 \begin_layout Standard
17072 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17073 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17074 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17080 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17084 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17085 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17087 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17088 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17092 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17093 You can also set the images one below the other.
17096 \begin_layout Standard
17097 \begin_inset Float figure
17102 \begin_layout Standard
17106 \begin_inset Graphics
17107 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17110 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17117 \begin_inset Graphics
17118 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17122 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17132 \begin_inset Caption
17134 \begin_layout Standard
17135 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17136 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17140 Two distorted images.
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17154 Note that the caption is added to the
17160 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17163 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17172 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17173 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17178 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17179 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17186 \begin_layout Standard
17187 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17190 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17194 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17199 reference "cap:a table float"
17203 is an example of a table float.
17206 \begin_layout Standard
17207 \begin_inset Float table
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17213 \begin_inset Caption
17215 \begin_layout Standard
17216 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17217 name "cap:a table float"
17229 \begin_layout Standard
17231 \begin_inset Tabular
17232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17237 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Standard
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Standard
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17293 <row topline="true">
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Standard
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Standard
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Standard
17349 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17363 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Standard
17384 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17386 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Standard
17407 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17430 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17431 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17439 This float type is inserted with the menu
17441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17442 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17446 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17447 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17451 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17453 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17454 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17461 \begin_layout Standard
17462 Note that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17464 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17467 \begin_layout Standard
17472 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17476 \begin_layout Standard
17477 to the document preamble (menu
17479 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17506 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17511 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17512 name "sec:floatflt"
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17520 This float type is used if you want to
17521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17528 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17530 It can be inserted using the menu
17531 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17536 \begin_layout Standard
17537 \begin_inset Graphics
17538 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17541 rotateOrigin center
17548 \begin_layout Standard
17549 \begin_inset Caption
17551 \begin_layout Standard
17552 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17553 name "cap:This-is-a"
17557 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17559 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17575 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17580 if the LaTeX-package
17585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17586 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17594 \begin_layout Standard
17595 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17605 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17607 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17609 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17610 reference "cap:This-is-a"
17614 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17615 wrap float with a width of 40
17616 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17624 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17626 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17627 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17636 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17640 \begin_layout Standard
17645 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17646 If you need this, read the documentation of
17651 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17665 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
17666 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
17667 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
17668 over some other text.
17672 \begin_layout Standard
17673 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
17678 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17679 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
17687 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
17695 \begin_layout Itemize
17696 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
17697 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
17698 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
17699 breaks will appear.
17702 \begin_layout Itemize
17703 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
17704 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
17707 \begin_layout Itemize
17708 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
17709 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
17712 \begin_layout Itemize
17713 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
17716 \begin_layout Subsection
17718 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17719 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17724 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17725 name "Floats ! Rotating"
17732 \begin_layout Standard
17733 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
17734 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
17737 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17743 \begin_layout Standard
17744 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
17745 a two-column document).
17746 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
17747 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
17748 a page with an even number).
17749 Forcing their rotation direction is not yet supported by LyX.
17752 \begin_layout Standard
17753 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
17754 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
17756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17757 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
17761 is an example of a rotated table float.
17764 \begin_layout Standard
17769 usepackage[tablesleft]{rotating}
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17777 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
17780 \begin_layout Standard
17781 \begin_inset Float table
17786 \begin_layout Standard
17787 \begin_inset Caption
17789 \begin_layout Standard
17790 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17791 name "cap:Rotated-table"
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17805 \begin_inset Tabular
17806 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
17808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
17813 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Standard
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Standard
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Standard
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Standard
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Standard
17872 \begin_layout Subsection
17874 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17875 name "sub:Float-Placement"
17880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17881 name "Floats ! Placement"
17888 \begin_layout Standard
17889 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
17890 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
17897 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
17898 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
17903 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17906 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
17908 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17909 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17917 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
17918 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
17921 default\InsetSpace ~
17927 \begin_layout Description
17930 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
17933 \begin_layout Description
17936 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
17939 \begin_layout Description
17940 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17942 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
17945 \begin_layout Description
17948 floats: try to place the float on an own page
17951 \begin_layout Standard
17952 The order of the above option is
17957 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
17970 , and then the others.
17971 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
17973 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
17974 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17978 By default, each options has its own rules:
17981 \begin_layout Standard
17988 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17989 % of the page can be placed at the top
17993 \begin_layout Standard
17996 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18000 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18001 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18005 \begin_layout Standard
18012 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18013 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18014 can be set together on a page.
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18021 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18028 \begin_layout Standard
18029 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18030 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18031 For this case you can use the option
18037 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18039 Because the float is then no longer able to
18040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18047 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18050 \begin_layout Standard
18051 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18052 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18055 \begin_layout Standard
18056 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18058 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18059 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18066 \begin_layout Standard
18070 \begin_layout Section
18072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18080 \begin_layout Standard
18081 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18083 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18088 \begin_layout Standard
18089 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box inserted via the menu
18091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18095 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18096 and its alignment within the page.
18099 \begin_layout Standard
18101 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18110 height_special "totalheight"
18113 \begin_layout Standard
18116 This is a minipage.
18117 The text is set in an italic style.
18120 \begin_layout Standard
18123 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18124 another formatting.
18132 \begin_layout Standard
18133 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18136 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18140 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18142 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18143 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18148 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18154 \begin_layout Standard
18155 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18164 height_special "totalheight"
18167 \begin_layout Standard
18168 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18169 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18177 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18186 height_special "totalheight"
18189 \begin_layout Standard
18190 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18191 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18199 \begin_layout Chapter
18200 Mathematical Formulas
18201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18207 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18208 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18213 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18214 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18221 \begin_layout Section
18223 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18224 name "Math ! Basics"
18231 \begin_layout Standard
18232 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18233 \begin_inset Graphics
18234 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18239 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18241 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18242 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18243 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18251 \begin_layout Standard
18252 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18257 , that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
18260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18261 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18271 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18272 somewhere on the screen.
18273 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18274 will insert a formula for you.
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18278 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18279 line, like this one:
18282 \begin_layout Standard
18283 This is a line with an inline formula
18284 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18290 \begin_layout Standard
18291 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18293 \begin_inset Formula \[
18298 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18301 \begin_layout Standard
18302 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18318 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the greek letter
18319 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18323 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18331 \begin_layout Subsection
18332 Navigating in Formulas
18333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18334 name "Math ! Navigating"
18341 \begin_layout Standard
18342 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18343 achieved with the arrow keys.
18344 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18345 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18350 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18351 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18355 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18359 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18361 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18369 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18374 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18375 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18378 \begin_layout Standard
18383 , printed in this document as
18384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18391 \begin_layout Standard
18401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18405 \begin_inset Note Note
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18409 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18410 space character (visible space).
18415 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18416 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18417 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18422 For example, if you want
18423 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18434 \begin_layout Standard
18453 \begin_layout Standard
18466 \begin_layout Standard
18477 , since in the latter case only the
18480 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18485 will be under the square root sign:
18486 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18492 \begin_layout Standard
18493 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18495 \begin_inset Formula \[
18496 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18499 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18503 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18504 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18507 \begin_layout Subsection
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18512 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18513 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18517 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18518 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18519 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18520 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18521 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18524 \begin_layout Subsection
18526 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18527 name "Math ! Math Panel"
18532 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18533 name "sec:math-panel"
18540 \begin_layout Standard
18546 dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
18548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18552 It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
18553 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18554 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18555 details in the following sections.
18558 \begin_layout Subsection
18559 Exponents and Subscripts
18560 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18561 name "Math ! Exponents"
18566 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18567 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18574 \begin_layout Standard
18575 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18576 way is to use a command.
18578 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18581 , type in a formula
18587 \begin_layout Standard
18603 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18609 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18613 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18622 \begin_layout Standard
18634 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18643 , you have to use an extra
18647 to separate the hat and the character.
18650 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18659 \begin_layout Standard
18671 Subscripts are similar: To get
18672 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18681 \begin_layout Standard
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18697 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18698 read section\InsetSpace ~
18700 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18701 reference "sec:Grouping"
18705 if you need to alter this.
18708 \begin_layout Subsection
18710 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18711 name "Math ! Fractions"
18718 \begin_layout Standard
18719 Create a fraction with either the command
18726 \begin_inset Graphics
18727 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
18738 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
18739 The cursor is above the fraction line.
18740 To move it to the bottom, simply press
18745 To move back up, press
18750 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18751 \begin_inset Formula \[
18752 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18754 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18761 \begin_layout Subsection
18763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18764 name "Math ! Roots"
18771 \begin_layout Standard
18772 Roots can be created using the
18778 \begin_inset Graphics
18779 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
18802 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
18808 produces always a square root.
18811 \begin_layout Subsection
18812 Operators with Limits
18813 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18820 name "Math ! Integrals"
18825 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18826 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18835 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18839 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18842 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
18843 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18844 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18845 The sum operator will automatically place its
18846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18853 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
18856 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18860 \begin_inset Formula \[
18861 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
18865 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18870 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
18872 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
18873 behind the operator and hitting
18879 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18880 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18881 Change\InsetSpace ~
18882 Limits\InsetSpace ~
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18889 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18897 feature as addition, such as
18898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18899 name "Math ! Limits"
18904 \begin_inset Formula \[
18905 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18909 which will place the
18910 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18922 In inline formulas it looks like this:
18923 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18929 \begin_layout Standard
18930 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
18937 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
18939 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18940 reference "sec:math-functions"
18944 for an explanation of function macros.
18947 \begin_layout Subsection
18949 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18950 name "Math ! Symbols"
18957 \begin_layout Standard
18958 Most math symbols can be found in the
18963 under one of several categories; including
18980 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18984 \begin_layout Standard
18985 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
18986 you don't have to use the
18991 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
18992 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
18995 \begin_layout Subsection
18997 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18998 name "Math ! Spaces"
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19006 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19018 \begin_inset Graphics
19019 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
19024 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19025 Here a example for the sequence
19030 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19034 \begin_inset Graphics
19035 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19040 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19041 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19042 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19043 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19058 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19064 \begin_layout Standard
19074 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19080 \begin_layout Subsection
19082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19083 name "Math ! Functions"
19088 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19089 name "sec:math-functions"
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19102 contains a number of functions, such as
19103 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19107 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19115 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19122 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19123 avoid confusions, because
19124 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19128 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19134 \begin_layout Standard
19135 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19137 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19141 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19147 \begin_layout Standard
19148 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19149 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19151 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19152 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19159 \begin_layout Subsection
19161 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19162 name "Math ! Accents"
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19170 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19172 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19173 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19175 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19178 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19179 Our example is entered by typing
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19202 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19206 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19209 \begin_layout Standard
19210 \begin_inset Float table
19215 \begin_layout Standard
19216 \begin_inset Caption
19218 \begin_layout Standard
19219 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19220 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19224 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19232 \begin_layout Standard
19234 \begin_inset Tabular
19235 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19240 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19244 \begin_layout Standard
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Standard
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Standard
19278 <row topline="true">
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Standard
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Standard
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Standard
19323 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19332 <row topline="true">
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Standard
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Standard
19364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19377 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19386 <row topline="true">
19387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Standard
19418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19421 \begin_layout Standard
19431 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19440 <row topline="true">
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Standard
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Standard
19485 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19494 <row topline="true">
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Standard
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Standard
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Standard
19539 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19548 <row topline="true">
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Standard
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Standard
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Standard
19593 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19602 <row topline="true">
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19647 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19656 <row topline="true">
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Standard
19701 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19710 <row topline="true">
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19755 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19764 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Standard
19787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19790 \begin_layout Standard
19800 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19821 \begin_layout Standard
19822 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
19827 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19828 made within a formula too.
19831 \begin_layout Section
19832 Brackets and Delimiters
19833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19834 name "Math ! Brackets"
19839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19840 name "Math ! Delimiters"
19845 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19846 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19853 \begin_layout Standard
19854 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19855 For most purposes, using just the keys
19860 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
19861 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
19867 \begin_inset Graphics
19868 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
19873 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19875 \begin_inset Formula \[
19876 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19878 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
19882 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
19883 \begin_inset Formula \[
19884 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19892 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
19893 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
19896 \begin_layout Standard
19897 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
19898 left side and right side.
19899 If you use the option
19904 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
19905 The selection will be shown below the button field.
19906 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19907 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19911 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
19912 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
19913 inside the brackets.
19914 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
19919 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19922 \begin_layout Standard
19923 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
19924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19934 \begin_layout Section
19936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19937 name "Math ! Grouping"
19942 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19943 name "sec:Grouping"
19950 \begin_layout Standard
19951 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19952 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19963 \begin_layout Standard
19964 \begin_inset Formula \[
19965 ^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19973 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19988 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19989 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
19990 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
19993 \begin_layout Section
19994 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19996 name "Math ! Arrays"
20001 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20002 name "Math ! Matrices"
20007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20008 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20015 \begin_layout Standard
20016 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20022 \begin_inset Graphics
20023 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
20028 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20029 Here is an example:
20030 \begin_inset Formula \[
20031 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20034 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20038 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20040 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20041 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20046 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20047 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20048 This alignment is set in the box
20053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20101 for every column as default.
20102 For example, the sequence
20103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20114 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20115 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20116 corresponds to the relevant column.
20117 The result will look like this:
20118 \begin_inset Formula \[
20120 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20121 column & has & has\, right\\
20122 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20130 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20134 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20135 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20144 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20145 It can be created with the menu
20147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20148 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20160 \begin_inset Formula \[
20164 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20171 \begin_layout Standard
20172 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20175 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20183 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20192 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20200 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20201 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20202 A new row is created by every further hit of
20210 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20211 Here is an example:
20212 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20213 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20214 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20218 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20219 where you want to start the shift and hit
20224 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20225 position to the next column.
20226 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20227 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20228 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20229 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20236 \begin_layout Standard
20237 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20244 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20245 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20246 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20247 reference "eq:asquared"
20252 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20254 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20255 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20262 \begin_layout Section
20263 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20265 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20270 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20271 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20276 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20277 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20285 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20288 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20289 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20298 The formula number appears in LyX as
20299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20306 within parentheses.
20308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20315 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20317 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20318 the document class.
20319 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20320 separated by a dot:
20321 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20322 1+1=2\end{equation}
20331 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20332 You can only number displayed formulas.
20335 \begin_layout Standard
20336 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20338 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20339 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20340 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20341 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20350 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20351 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20353 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20354 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20358 To number all lines use the shortcut
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20367 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20370 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20371 A label is inserted with the menu
20373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20376 when the cursor is in the formula.
20377 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20378 It is recommended to use the proposed
20379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20390 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20391 type when you have many labels in your document.
20392 We inserted in the following example the label
20393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20400 in the second line:
20401 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20402 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20403 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20407 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20408 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20418 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20425 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20426 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20427 as the formula number:
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20433 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20441 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20443 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20444 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20449 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20455 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20459 \begin_layout Standard
20460 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20468 \begin_layout Section
20469 User defined math macros
20470 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20471 name "Math ! Macros"
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20479 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20480 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20481 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20484 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20485 \begin_inset Formula \[
20486 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20490 The general form of its solution is:
20491 \begin_inset Formula \[
20492 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20499 \begin_layout Standard
20500 The macro should print the parameters
20501 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20505 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20509 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20512 like in the equation above.
20515 \begin_layout Standard
20516 A macro is created by executing the command
20519 \begin_layout Standard
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20548 Number\InsetSpace ~
20553 \begin_layout Standard
20554 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20555 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20556 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20557 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 We have three arguments and name the macro
20563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20570 , so that the command is:
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20580 \begin_layout Standard
20593 \begin_layout Standard
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20606 This results in the following macro definition box:
20607 \begin_inset Graphics
20608 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20613 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20614 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20615 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20619 \begin_inset Note Note
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 The first box is an image to show the behaviour in the output.
20624 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20634 the math panel or commands.
20635 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20636 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20647 for the first argument.
20648 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20649 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20650 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20651 in LyX with its full size.
20652 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20653 In our example we insert the sequence
20683 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
20688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20702 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
20705 \begin_layout Standard
20707 \begin_inset Graphics
20708 filename clipart/macrouse.png
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20716 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
20717 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
20718 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
20719 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
20720 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
20725 to the new definition.
20726 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
20727 \begin_inset Formula $x$
20731 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
20735 \begin_inset Formula $B$
20739 \begin_inset Formula \[
20740 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
20747 \begin_layout Standard
20748 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
20752 \begin_layout Standard
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20797 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20801 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
20802 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
20803 definition box in your document.
20804 There are also some other restrictions: The command
20806 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
20808 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
20813 \begin_layout Section
20817 \begin_layout Subsection
20819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20820 name "Math ! Typefaces"
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
20829 To set a font in a formula, use the
20835 \begin_inset Graphics
20836 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
20840 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
20842 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20843 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20850 \begin_layout Standard
20851 \begin_inset Float table
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20857 \begin_inset Caption
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20860 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20861 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20865 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20875 \begin_inset Tabular
20876 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20880 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20893 \begin_layout Standard
20900 <row topline="true">
20901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20911 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20922 \begin_layout Standard
20933 <row topline="true">
20934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20960 <row topline="true">
20961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20987 <row topline="true">
20988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20991 \begin_layout Standard
20998 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21009 \begin_layout Standard
21020 <row topline="true">
21021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21024 \begin_layout Standard
21025 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21047 <row topline="true">
21048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21052 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21063 \begin_layout Standard
21074 <row topline="true">
21075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21086 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21108 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 Note that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21157 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21158 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21163 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21164 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21165 Here an example where a
21166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21177 denotes the set of numbers:
21178 \begin_inset Formula \[
21179 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21186 \begin_layout Standard
21187 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21198 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21203 So better don't use this feature.
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 The typefaces have no effect on greek letters:
21208 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21213 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21219 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21220 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21226 \begin_layout Standard
21233 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21240 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21247 \begin_layout Subsection
21249 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21257 \begin_layout Standard
21258 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21260 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21263 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21273 \begin_inset Graphics
21274 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21278 (alternatively the shortcut
21284 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21285 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21286 Here is an example:
21287 \begin_inset Formula \[
21289 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21290 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21297 \begin_layout Subsection
21299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21300 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21307 \begin_layout Standard
21308 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21309 automatically chosen in most situations.
21327 For most characters,
21335 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21336 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21341 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21342 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21343 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21344 \begin_inset Graphics
21345 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21350 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21351 For example, you can set
21352 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21355 , which is normally in
21364 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21368 The four styles are used in the following example:
21371 \begin_layout Standard
21372 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21376 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21380 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21384 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21390 \begin_layout Standard
21391 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21392 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21394 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21398 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21399 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21400 will be adjusted to correspond.
21401 As example a formula in the font size
21402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21412 \begin_layout Standard
21416 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21422 \begin_layout Section
21424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21430 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21440 (AMS) that are in common use.
21443 \begin_layout Subsection
21444 Enabling AMS-Support
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 Selecting the checkbox
21457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21465 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21469 \begin_layout Subsection
21471 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21472 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21478 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21485 \begin_layout Standard
21486 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21487 LyX allows you to choose between
21508 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21511 \begin_layout Chapter
21515 \begin_layout Section
21517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21518 name "Cross references"
21523 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21524 name "sec:Cross-References"
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21533 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21535 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21536 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21537 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21540 \begin_layout Enumerate
21544 \begin_layout Enumerate
21545 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21546 name "enu:Second-item"
21553 \begin_layout Enumerate
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21564 \begin_inset Graphics
21565 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21571 A grey label box like this:
21572 \begin_inset Graphics
21573 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21578 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21579 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21614 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21615 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21631 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21636 or the toolbat button
21637 \begin_inset Graphics
21638 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
21644 A grey cross-reference box like this:
21645 \begin_inset Graphics
21646 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
21651 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
21653 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
21654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21666 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
21668 Here is our cross-reference:
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21674 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21675 reference "enu:Second-item"
21682 \begin_layout Standard
21683 It is recommended to use a protected space
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21688 described in section\InsetSpace ~
21690 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21691 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
21700 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
21704 \begin_layout Standard
21705 There are six varieties of cross-references:
21708 \begin_layout Description
21709 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
21710 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21711 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21718 \begin_layout Description
21719 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
21720 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
21722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21730 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
21731 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21738 \begin_layout Description
21739 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
21741 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21742 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21749 \begin_layout Description
21752 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
21753 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
21754 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21761 \begin_layout Description
21762 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
21765 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
21767 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
21768 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21775 \begin_layout Description
21776 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
21777 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
21779 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21782 \begin_layout Standard
21787 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
21801 the previous, the same, or the next page.
21802 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
21805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
21821 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
21822 The varieties are adjusted in the field
21826 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 You can only use the style
21835 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
21839 is always possible.
21840 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
21841 on the previous, same, or next page.
21844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21858 \begin_layout Standard
21859 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
21860 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
21861 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
21862 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
21864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21865 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21879 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
21880 The button text changes then to
21885 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
21886 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
21887 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21892 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
21893 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
21894 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21898 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
21899 marks in the output instead of the reference.
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 Refernces are described in detail in the
21910 \begin_layout Section
21911 Table of Contents and other Listings
21912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21913 name "Table of contents"
21918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21924 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21932 \begin_layout Subsection
21933 Table of Contents and Outline
21934 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21935 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
21942 \begin_layout Standard
21943 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
21945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21946 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21952 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
21953 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
21954 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
21955 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
21964 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
21965 in section\InsetSpace ~
21967 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21968 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
21972 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
21973 Section\InsetSpace ~
21975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21976 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
21980 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
21982 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
21983 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
21984 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
21987 \begin_layout Standard
21988 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
21990 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
21992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21998 \begin_layout Subsection
21999 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22000 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22010 You can insert them via the
22012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22016 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22019 \begin_layout Section
22020 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22021 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 It is often desirable to include long
22031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22038 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22039 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22040 to typeset properly.
22041 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22042 resulting in an overfull line.
22043 To avoid this, use the menu
22045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22048 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22056 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22062 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22063 name "LyX-Homepage"
22064 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22071 \begin_layout Standard
22072 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22082 \begin_layout Itemize
22083 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22084 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22098 \begin_layout Itemize
22099 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22102 \begin_layout Section
22104 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22112 \begin_layout Standard
22113 Appendices are created with the menu
22115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22117 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22121 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22122 as appendix region.
22123 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22126 \begin_layout Standard
22127 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22128 numbered with a capital latin letter.
22129 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22130 and the subsection number.
22131 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22135 \begin_layout Standard
22136 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22138 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22139 reference "cha:Credits"
22143 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22146 reference "sub:Export"
22153 \begin_layout Section
22155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22156 name "Bibliography"
22161 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22162 name "sec:Bibliography"
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22170 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22171 You can include a bibliography database
22175 \begin_layout Standard
22176 Known under the name
22177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22189 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22191 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22195 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22197 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22198 reference "sub:biblio_environment"
22205 \begin_layout Standard
22210 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22212 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22221 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22223 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22232 , a short form of its title, as key.
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22236 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22242 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22243 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22244 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22245 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22249 \begin_layout Standard
22250 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22251 with surrounding brackets.
22256 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22257 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22272 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22275 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22276 key "latexcompanion"
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22285 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22293 \begin_layout Subsection
22294 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22296 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22302 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22309 \begin_layout Standard
22310 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22312 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22314 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22315 you working field in a database.
22316 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22317 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22320 \begin_layout Standard
22321 The database is a text file with the file extension
22322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22333 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22334 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22335 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22336 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22341 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22342 Here is a list of programs for bibliography databases:
22345 \begin_layout Itemize
22346 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22348 target "http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/"
22355 \begin_layout Itemize
22356 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22358 target "http://biborb.glymn.net/doku.php"
22365 \begin_layout Itemize
22366 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22368 target "http://www.latexsoft.com/bibtexmng.htm"
22375 \begin_layout Itemize
22376 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22378 target "http://jabref.sourceforge.net/"
22385 \begin_layout Itemize
22386 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22387 name "Pybliographer"
22388 target "http://pybliographer.org/"
22395 \begin_layout Standard
22396 To use a database, use the menu
22398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22403 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22419 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22420 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22421 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22433 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22434 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22435 take care of the layout.
22438 \begin_layout Standard
22439 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22443 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22444 the two methods of creating them.
22445 As you can see, the bibliography, created from a database, lists only the
22446 database entries that are referenced in the document.
22447 We used the style file
22448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22455 to get the complicated reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22458 \begin_layout Subsection
22459 Bibliography layout
22460 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22461 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22468 \begin_layout Standard
22469 If you don't use a bibliography database together with a style file, you
22472 Citation\InsetSpace ~
22475 in the citation reference window.
22476 You need also the option
22482 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22483 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22487 In this menu you can adjust the default citation style.
22488 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite this default.
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22492 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22493 in the citation reference window.
22494 Here an example where we set the text
22495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22498 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22503 to appear after the reference:
22506 \begin_layout Standard
22508 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22510 key "latexcompanion"
22517 \begin_layout Section
22519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22520 name "Index generation"
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22529 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22548 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22549 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because you
22554 have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22555 LyX won't format the text for you like you expect it.
22556 This is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many ways using
22557 special LaTeX commands.
22558 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
22559 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
22561 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22562 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
22571 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
22573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22574 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22579 A light blue box labeled
22580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22591 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
22592 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
22595 \begin_layout Subsection
22596 Grouping Index Entries
22597 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22598 name "Index ! Grouping"
22605 \begin_layout Standard
22606 One often groups index entries to offer the reader a fast search in the
22608 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
22609 lists under the entry
22610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22618 First we create the entry
22619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22626 in section\InsetSpace ~
22628 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22629 reference "sub:Lists"
22634 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
22636 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22637 reference "sec:itemize"
22641 , we inserted the command
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22650 \begin_layout Standard
22654 \begin_layout Standard
22660 \begin_layout Standard
22661 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
22663 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22664 reference "sec:enumerate"
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22672 The exclamation mark
22673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22680 marks the grouping levels.
22681 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
22682 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
22683 If we don't have an index entry for
22684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22691 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
22694 \begin_layout Subsection
22696 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22697 name "Index ! Page ranges"
22704 \begin_layout Standard
22705 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
22707 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
22708 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
22709 in section\InsetSpace ~
22711 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22712 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22722 Paragraph environments|(
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22726 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
22728 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22729 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22739 Paragraph environments|)
22742 \begin_layout Standard
22744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22767 respectively starts and ends the index range.
22768 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
22769 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
22770 the pages of the indexed document parts.
22771 An example is the index entry
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22775 Paragraph environments
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22782 \begin_layout Subsection
22784 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22785 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
22792 \begin_layout Standard
22793 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
22794 We referred for example in the index entry
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22802 (in section\InsetSpace ~
22804 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22805 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
22809 ) to the index entry
22810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22817 in the same section using the command
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22823 GIF|see{Image formats}
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
22828 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
22831 \begin_layout Subsection
22833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22834 name "Index ! Entry order"
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
22843 then not follow the rules for the index order.
22844 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
22848 \begin_layout Standard
22849 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program called
22851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22867 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
22868 We created as example the three dummy index entries
22869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22893 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22894 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
22899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22900 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
22905 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22906 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
22910 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
22911 order maïs, maison, maître.
22912 To achieve this, we use the command
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22918 previous entry@current entry
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22922 In our case we want to have
22923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22947 \begin_layout Standard
22948 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
22949 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
22953 \begin_layout Subsection
22955 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22956 name "Index ! Entry layout"
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22964 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
22965 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
22968 \begin_layout Standard
22973 textit{This is an italic entry}
22976 \begin_layout Standard
22983 produces the italic layout.
22984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22985 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
22989 We refer to LaTeX books (
22990 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22991 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22995 ) for an overview of layout commands.
22996 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
22997 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23006 textit{This is an italic entry}
23009 \begin_layout Standard
23010 You can also format the page number using the character
23011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23018 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23019 We can write for example
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23025 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23030 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23031 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23035 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23052 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23056 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23058 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23059 reference "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
23063 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23069 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23070 for all index entries.
23073 \begin_layout Section
23074 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
23075 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23083 \begin_layout Subsection
23085 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23091 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23092 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
23101 constructs, but not all.
23102 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
23103 Every month 10 to 20 packages are updated and one new package is added.
23104 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
23105 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23106 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
23107 and their commands.
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
23114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23121 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
23122 An ERT box is created by the menu
23124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23127 or by the toolbar button
23128 \begin_inset Graphics
23129 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
23134 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
23147 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
23148 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
23159 \begin_layout Standard
23160 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
23161 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
23162 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
23169 , you can write the command part
23175 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
23179 in a second ERT box behind the word.
23180 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
23184 \begin_layout Standard
23185 \begin_inset Graphics
23186 filename clipart/ERT.png
23194 \begin_layout Standard
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 This is a line with a
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23216 \begin_layout Standard
23226 \begin_layout Standard
23227 Note, that you have to insert a space at the end of LaTeX-commands without
23228 parameters, to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
23232 \begin_layout Subsection
23233 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
23234 \begin_inset OptArg
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23244 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23245 name "LaTeX Syntax"
23250 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23251 name "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
23260 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
23261 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
23262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23270 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
23271 every time if you know the right commands.
23273 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
23274 the end of the day.
23275 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
23276 all caption labels bold.
23277 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
23279 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
23282 \begin_layout Standard
23283 Now LaTeX comes into play.
23284 As we wrote above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23285 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
23287 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23296 As result you know that the package
23301 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
23303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23314 usepackage[options]{package name}
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
23319 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
23320 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
23321 In your case the package name is
23326 After a look in the documentation of the package caption, you know that
23331 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
23332 So you add the command
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23340 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
23343 \begin_layout Standard
23344 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
23350 For example if you use a
23354 t class, you don't need the package
23362 \begin_layout Standard
23367 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23373 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
23374 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
23375 documentation of the document class you want to use.
23382 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 Both commands used are preamble commands.
23387 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in
23388 the text affects only the text after the command or only the text used
23389 as command argument.
23390 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
23394 \begin_layout Standard
23395 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
23397 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23398 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
23406 \begin_layout Section
23407 Previewing Snippets of your Document
23408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23409 name "Document ! Instant preview"
23414 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23415 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23423 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
23424 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
23425 to break your train of thought with
23427 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23433 \begin_layout Standard
23434 If you'd for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by LaTeX,
23435 install the LaTeX-package
23439 as explained below, and turn on
23441 Instant\InsetSpace ~
23446 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23453 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23459 \begin_layout Standard
23460 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
23462 Previews of an already loaded document are
23466 generated just by selecting the
23468 Instant\InsetSpace ~
23472 So to make it work, reopen the documents in LyX.
23475 \begin_layout Standard
23476 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
23477 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
23482 check box in the insert dialog.
23483 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
23487 \begin_layout Standard
23488 To get previews working, you'll need the LaTeX package
23492 (on some systems named simply
23498 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23504 You'll obtain prettier results if you install
23512 package; for LyX on Windows this program will automatically be installed
23516 \begin_layout Standard
23517 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source that LyX generates of the whole
23525 document or parts of it.
23528 Viewl\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23532 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
23533 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
23535 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
23536 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
23537 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
23541 \begin_layout Section
23542 International Support
23543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23544 name "International support"
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23553 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
23554 how to set up LyX to use them:
23555 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23556 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
23563 \begin_layout Subsection
23567 \begin_layout Standard
23570 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23573 dialog lets you set
23575 the language and character encoding for your language.
23579 \begin_layout Standard
23580 Choose your language in the
23586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23595 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23598 \begin_layout Standard
23603 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23604 When you select the encoding
23609 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
23610 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23620 LyX also supports unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
23621 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
23622 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports unicode,
23623 for that matter), the
23627 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
23628 Besides this, you will find some alternative unicode encodings for specific
23637 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
23641 , finally, should be chosen for
23645 , which uses unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
23652 \begin_layout Subsection
23653 Keyboard mapping configuration
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23657 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23658 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23659 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23660 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23661 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23662 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23663 which one you want to use.
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23667 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23668 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23669 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23670 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23671 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23672 one to support the characters you want.
23673 This and much more costomizations are explained in the
23680 \begin_layout Subsection
23682 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23693 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23694 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23703 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23709 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23717 \begin_layout Itemize
23718 Even if you have selected
23724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23727 dialog, users who have only the
23731 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23735 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23736 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23737 french quotes won't show up.
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23741 \begin_inset Float table
23746 \begin_layout Standard
23747 \begin_inset Caption
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23750 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23751 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23769 \begin_inset Tabular
23770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23784 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23785 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23786 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23787 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23789 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23793 \begin_layout Standard
23799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Standard
23853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23892 \begin_layout Standard
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23982 \begin_layout Standard
23997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24000 \begin_layout Standard
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Standard
24033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24036 \begin_layout Standard
24051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24072 \begin_layout Standard
24088 <row topline="true">
24089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24092 \begin_layout Standard
24107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24154 \begin_layout Standard
24168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24171 \begin_layout Standard
24185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24188 \begin_layout Standard
24202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24205 \begin_layout Standard
24219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24222 \begin_layout Standard
24228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24231 \begin_layout Standard
24237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24240 \begin_layout Standard
24246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24249 \begin_layout Standard
24263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24300 \begin_layout Standard
24314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24317 \begin_layout Standard
24332 <row topline="true">
24333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24354 \begin_layout Standard
24360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24363 \begin_layout Standard
24369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24372 \begin_layout Standard
24386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24389 \begin_layout Standard
24403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24406 \begin_layout Standard
24420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24440 \begin_layout Standard
24454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24457 \begin_layout Standard
24471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24474 \begin_layout Standard
24480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24526 \begin_layout Standard
24540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24560 \begin_layout Standard
24574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24592 <row topline="true">
24593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24596 \begin_layout Standard
24611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24632 \begin_layout Standard
24641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24703 \begin_layout Standard
24717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24755 \begin_layout Standard
24761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24764 \begin_layout Standard
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24847 <row topline="true">
24848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24887 \begin_layout Standard
24901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24921 \begin_layout Standard
24935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24938 \begin_layout Standard
24952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24955 \begin_layout Standard
24969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24998 \begin_layout Standard
25004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25107 <row topline="true">
25108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25181 \begin_layout Standard
25195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25198 \begin_layout Standard
25212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25249 \begin_layout Standard
25255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25258 \begin_layout Standard
25264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25359 <row topline="true">
25360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25467 \begin_layout Standard
25481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25501 \begin_layout Standard
25507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25611 <row topline="true">
25612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25651 \begin_layout Standard
25665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25863 <row topline="true">
25864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25988 \begin_layout Standard
26002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26123 <row topline="true">
26124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26368 \begin_layout Standard
26383 <row topline="true">
26384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26405 \begin_layout Standard
26411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26457 \begin_layout Standard
26471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26643 <row topline="true">
26644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26683 \begin_layout Standard
26697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26903 <row topline="true">
26904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26943 \begin_layout Standard
26957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26994 \begin_layout Standard
27008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27028 \begin_layout Standard
27042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27163 <row topline="true">
27164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27254 \begin_layout Standard
27270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27290 \begin_layout Standard
27304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27425 <row topline="true">
27426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27594 \begin_layout Standard
27608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27677 <row topline="true">
27678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27751 \begin_layout Standard
27765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27837 \begin_layout Standard
27851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27854 \begin_layout Standard
27868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27937 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27994 \begin_layout Standard
28008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28204 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28205 also the characters from
28217 \begin_layout Itemize
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28227 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28233 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28238 \begin_layout Standard
28239 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28244 \begin_layout Standard
28245 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28272 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28278 is correct, S-M-macron.
28287 \begin_layout Itemize
28300 \begin_layout Standard
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28312 \begin_layout Standard
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28327 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28350 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
28351 Also make sure you're using the
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28362 \begin_layout Chapter
28365 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
28366 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
28373 \begin_layout Standard
28374 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
28375 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
28376 inside the user's guide.
28379 \begin_layout Section
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28388 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
28389 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
28392 \begin_layout Subsection
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 Creates a new document.
28400 \begin_layout Subsection
28404 \begin_layout Standard
28405 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
28406 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
28407 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
28410 \begin_layout Standard
28412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one.
28438 \begin_layout Subsection
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28446 \begin_layout Subsection
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28451 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
28452 Click there on a file to open it.
28455 \begin_layout Subsection
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 Closes the current document.
28463 \begin_layout Subsection
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28468 Saves the actual document.
28471 \begin_layout Subsection
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28476 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
28479 \begin_layout Subsection
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 Reloads the actual document from disk.
28487 \begin_layout Subsection
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
28493 It is detailed described in the
28500 \begin_layout Subsection
28504 \begin_layout Standard
28505 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
28506 text files (ASCII-files).
28507 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 When using the menu
28514 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
28517 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
28518 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
28519 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
28520 will start a new paragraph.
28523 \begin_layout Subsection
28525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 You can export your document to various file formats.
28535 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
28536 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
28537 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28541 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
28542 section\InsetSpace ~
28544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28545 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
28552 \begin_layout Description
28558 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
28559 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
28562 \begin_layout Description
28570 \begin_layout Description
28571 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
28575 \begin_layout Description
28581 \begin_layout Description
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28598 text file with the LaTeX source, addtionally all images used in the document
28599 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
28603 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
28606 \begin_layout Description
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28623 text file with the LaTeX source code, addtionally all images used in the
28624 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
28632 \begin_layout Description
28634 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
28635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28642 is replaced by the version number)
28645 \begin_layout Description
28646 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with OpneOffice,
28647 KOffice, Abiword, etc.
28648 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
28652 \begin_layout Description
28657 PDF-format using the program
28662 \begin_layout Description
28668 PDF-format using the program
28673 \begin_layout Description
28679 PDF-format using the program
28684 \begin_layout Description
28693 \begin_layout Description
28703 \begin_layout Description
28708 PostScript format using the program
28713 \begin_layout Description
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28726 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
28727 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
28733 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 If one of the menu entries
28750 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
28751 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
28753 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28754 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
28761 \begin_layout Standard
28766 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
28767 the export program.
28770 \begin_layout Subsection
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
28776 or send it to a printer.
28777 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
28778 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
28784 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
28786 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28787 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
28794 \begin_layout Section
28798 \begin_layout Subsection
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28803 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
28805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28806 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
28813 \begin_layout Subsection
28814 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28818 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
28820 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28821 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
28828 \begin_layout Subsection
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28833 Selects the whole document.
28836 \begin_layout Subsection
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
28843 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28844 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
28851 \begin_layout Subsection
28852 Move paragraph Up/Down
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28856 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
28860 \begin_layout Subsection
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28865 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
28867 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28868 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
28875 \begin_layout Subsection
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28880 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
28882 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28886 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
28887 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
28890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28905 \begin_layout Subsection
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28910 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
28911 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
28912 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
28914 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28915 reference "sec:tables"
28919 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
28921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28922 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
28929 \begin_layout Subsection
28930 Increase / Decrease List Depth
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 These menus are only active whe the cursor is in an environment that can
28936 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
28938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28939 reference "sec:nest"
28944 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28945 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
28952 \begin_layout Section
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28957 When you have more than one document opened, the bottom of the
28961 menu lists the opened documents.
28964 \begin_layout Standard
28965 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28976 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
28977 document with an external program.
28978 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
28979 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
28980 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
28982 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
28983 reference "sub:Export"
28988 You should at least see the menu entries
28998 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
28999 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
29001 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29002 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29011 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
29012 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
29014 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29015 reference "sec:Preferences"
29020 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
29024 \begin_layout Subsection
29028 \begin_layout Standard
29029 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
29030 in section\InsetSpace ~
29032 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29033 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29040 \begin_layout Subsection
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29045 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
29046 opening a new view window.
29049 \begin_layout Subsection
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29054 This menu opens the same window that appears when clicking on the grey table
29056 Within this window you can navigate through the document similar to the
29058 You can open/close section levels by using the slide control at the bottom
29062 \begin_layout Subsection
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29070 \begin_layout Section
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29075 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
29076 the current document.
29077 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
29080 \begin_layout Standard
29081 The Navigate menu also offers to
29084 \begin_layout Subsection
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
29090 This is useful when you're working on a large documents and often have
29092 between section\InsetSpace ~
29094 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
29095 2.6 and use the menu
29099 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
29103 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
29107 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
29111 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29124 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
29125 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 If you wish to have more than three available bookmarks, look at section\InsetSpace ~
29131 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29136 for a detailed description.
29139 \begin_layout Subsection
29140 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
29148 \begin_layout Section
29152 \begin_layout Subsection
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29157 Not yet described in one of the manuals! (??)
29160 \begin_layout Subsection
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
29178 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
29187 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
29190 \begin_layout Subsection
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29195 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
29197 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29198 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
29205 \begin_layout Subsection
29206 Start Appendix Here
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29210 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
29212 The appendix is visually emphasized in LyX as box with a red border.
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29216 The appendix is the last part of a document.
29217 Within it, you can use all paragraph types with the only difference that
29218 sections will be numbered with latin letters to show the difference.
29221 \begin_layout Subsection
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 Un/compresses the actual document.
29229 \begin_layout Subsection
29233 \begin_layout Standard
29234 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
29236 You can save your document settings as default with the
29238 Save as Document Defaults
29240 button in the dialog.
29241 This will create a template named
29245 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
29249 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 Here are set the document class, class options, fonts and other layout issues.
29255 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
29257 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29258 reference "sec:doc-classes"
29262 , font in section\InsetSpace ~
29264 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29265 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
29270 The float placement options are described in section
29271 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29275 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29276 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29284 You can further adjust the paragraph separation:
29288 means that the first line of each paragraph is indented.
29293 separates paragraphs by a customizable skip.
29296 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29300 \begin_layout Standard
29301 A detailed description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
29303 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29304 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
29311 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29316 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
29318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29319 reference "sub:Margins"
29326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29330 \begin_layout Standard
29331 The document language and quote styles are set here.
29332 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
29335 you possibly want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and
29336 not by using LaTeX-commands.
29339 \begin_layout Standard
29341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29348 should work on most systems.
29349 LyX will then take the right one automatically.
29350 If it don't work, e.g.
29351 you want cyrillic letters, but see latin ones, you have to adjust the encoding
29353 It follows a list with the available encodings:
29356 \begin_layout Description
29357 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
29358 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
29359 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
29363 \begin_layout Description
29364 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers the languages Croat, Czech, German,
29365 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
29368 \begin_layout Description
29369 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers the languages Esperanto, Galician,
29370 Maltese, and Turkish
29373 \begin_layout Description
29374 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers the languages Estonian, Latvian,
29378 \begin_layout Description
29379 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding but the Icelandic
29380 letters are replaced by Turkish letters
29383 \begin_layout Description
29384 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
29385 the euro currency sign, the
29389 \begin_layout Standard
29398 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
29399 be the replacement or latin1
29402 \begin_layout Description
29403 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
29406 \begin_layout Description
29407 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
29410 \begin_layout Description
29411 cp866 MS-DOS code page for Russian
29414 \begin_layout Description
29415 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
29418 \begin_layout Description
29419 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers the languages Belorussian, Bulgarian,
29420 Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
29423 \begin_layout Description
29424 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
29427 \begin_layout Description
29428 utf8 code page for unicode utf8
29431 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29435 \begin_layout Standard
29436 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
29437 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
29439 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29440 reference "sec:itemize"
29447 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
29453 in section\InsetSpace ~
29455 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29456 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
29463 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29468 This menu needs the LaTeX-package
29473 If you use NatBib, you can choose between two citation styles.
29474 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
29476 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29477 reference "sec:Bibliography"
29484 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29489 There is only one package to choose.
29494 will invoke the LaTeX-package amsmath, that is necessary for many math/formula
29498 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29503 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
29504 to define LaTeX-commands.
29505 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
29506 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29511 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in the
29513 Extended\InsetSpace ~
29519 \begin_layout Section
29523 \begin_layout Subsection
29525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29526 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29534 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29535 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29548 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29554 can be seen as successor of
29558 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
29563 is an Hebrew spell-checker.
29564 The used spell checker is set in the preferences, see
29565 \begin_inset Note Note
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29577 \begin_layout Standard
29578 Spell checking will start just after the current cursor position.
29579 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29580 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29581 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
29582 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
29587 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29589 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
29590 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
29591 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29595 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
29596 the text you're checking, which is set in the
29600 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
29606 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spell checker
29608 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29609 specifying a different
29610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29613 alternative language
29614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29621 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
29622 (This at the moment the only possibility for a word count of a document.)
29625 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29629 \begin_layout Standard
29630 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29631 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29633 But you can use the
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29643 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29644 This does work with
29648 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29651 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29652 Personal dictionary
29655 \begin_layout Standard
29656 If you want to use a different file from the spell checker's default choice
29657 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
29658 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
29659 message on stderr which you can ignore (
29663 will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
29666 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29670 \begin_layout Standard
29675 menu has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
29678 \begin_layout Itemize
29684 ccept compound words
29688 Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like
29691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29701 \begin_layout Itemize
29711 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spell checker considers
29714 This should not normally be needed.
29717 \begin_layout Subsection
29721 \begin_layout Subsection
29725 \begin_layout Standard
29726 Counts the number of words in the actual document.
29729 \begin_layout Subsection
29734 \begin_layout Standard
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29745 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
29748 \begin_layout Subsection
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29753 This menu reconfigures LyX.
29754 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
29756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29757 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29764 \begin_layout Subsection
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
29770 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
29774 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29775 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
29782 \begin_layout Section
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29787 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29797 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
29798 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
29800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29801 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
29808 \begin_layout Section
29812 \begin_layout Standard
29813 \begin_inset Graphics
29814 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29823 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29827 \begin_layout Itemize
29830 \begin_inset Graphics
29831 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
29832 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29838 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
29841 \begin_layout Itemize
29844 \begin_inset Graphics
29845 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
29846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29858 \begin_layout Itemize
29861 \begin_inset Graphics
29862 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
29863 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29871 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29875 \begin_layout Itemize
29876 \begin_inset Graphics
29877 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
29878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29884 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29888 \begin_layout Itemize
29889 \begin_inset Graphics
29890 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
29891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
29897 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29901 \begin_layout Itemize
29904 \begin_inset Graphics
29905 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
29906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29910 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29914 \begin_layout Itemize
29917 \begin_inset Graphics
29918 filename ../images/undo.xpm
29919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29931 \begin_layout Itemize
29934 \begin_inset Graphics
29935 filename ../images/redo.xpm
29936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29944 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29948 \begin_layout Itemize
29949 \begin_inset Graphics
29950 filename ../images/cut.xpm
29951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29957 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29961 \begin_layout Itemize
29962 \begin_inset Graphics
29963 filename ../images/copy.xpm
29964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29974 \begin_layout Itemize
29975 \begin_inset Graphics
29976 filename ../images/paste.xpm
29977 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
29983 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29987 \begin_layout Itemize
29988 \begin_inset Graphics
29989 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
29992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29993 rotateOrigin center
29999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30000 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30001 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30005 \begin_layout Itemize
30006 \begin_inset Graphics
30007 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
30008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30012 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
30014 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
30021 \begin_layout Itemize
30022 \begin_inset Graphics
30023 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
30024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30028 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
30030 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
30037 \begin_layout Itemize
30038 \begin_inset Graphics
30039 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
30040 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30044 Formats text using the current settings in the
30046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30053 \begin_layout Itemize
30054 \begin_inset Graphics
30055 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
30056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30063 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30064 Inline\InsetSpace ~
30068 \begin_layout Itemize
30069 \begin_inset Graphics
30070 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
30071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30072 rotateOrigin center
30078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30082 \begin_layout Itemize
30083 \begin_inset Graphics
30084 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
30087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30088 rotateOrigin center
30094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30098 \begin_layout Itemize
30099 \begin_inset Graphics
30100 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
30103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30104 rotateOrigin center
30108 Toggle outline window on/off
30110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30114 \begin_layout Itemize
30115 \begin_inset Graphics
30116 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
30119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30120 rotateOrigin center
30124 Toggle math toolbar on/off
30127 \begin_layout Itemize
30128 \begin_inset Graphics
30129 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
30132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30133 rotateOrigin center
30137 Toggle table toolbar on/off
30140 \begin_layout Standard
30141 \begin_inset Graphics
30142 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
30150 \begin_layout Standard
30151 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30155 \begin_layout Itemize
30156 \begin_inset Graphics
30157 filename ../images/layout.xpm
30160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30161 rotateOrigin center
30168 \begin_layout Itemize
30169 \begin_inset Graphics
30170 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
30173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30174 rotateOrigin center
30181 \begin_layout Itemize
30182 \begin_inset Graphics
30183 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
30186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30187 rotateOrigin center
30194 \begin_layout Itemize
30195 \begin_inset Graphics
30196 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
30199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30200 rotateOrigin center
30207 \begin_layout Itemize
30208 \begin_inset Graphics
30209 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
30212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30213 rotateOrigin center
30220 \begin_layout Itemize
30221 \begin_inset Graphics
30222 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
30225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30226 rotateOrigin center
30232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30233 Increase\InsetSpace ~
30238 \begin_layout Itemize
30239 \begin_inset Graphics
30240 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
30243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30244 rotateOrigin center
30250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30251 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
30256 \begin_layout Itemize
30257 \begin_inset Graphics
30258 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
30259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30266 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30270 \begin_layout Itemize
30271 \begin_inset Graphics
30272 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
30273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30280 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30284 \begin_layout Itemize
30285 \begin_inset Graphics
30286 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
30287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30297 \begin_layout Itemize
30298 \begin_inset Graphics
30299 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
30300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30310 \begin_layout Itemize
30311 \begin_inset Graphics
30312 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
30313 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30323 \begin_layout Itemize
30324 \begin_inset Graphics
30325 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
30326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30337 \begin_layout Itemize
30338 \begin_inset Graphics
30339 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
30340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30350 \begin_layout Itemize
30351 \begin_inset Graphics
30352 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
30355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30356 rotateOrigin center
30362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30363 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
30367 \begin_layout Itemize
30368 \begin_inset Graphics
30369 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
30370 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30377 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30382 \begin_layout Itemize
30383 \begin_inset Graphics
30384 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
30385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30391 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30395 \begin_layout Itemize
30396 \begin_inset Graphics
30397 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
30398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30411 \begin_layout Standard
30423 \begin_layout Itemize
30424 \begin_inset Graphics
30425 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
30426 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
30432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30433 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30438 \begin_layout Itemize
30439 \begin_inset Graphics
30440 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
30443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30444 rotateOrigin center
30450 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30455 \begin_layout Itemize
30456 \begin_inset Graphics
30457 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
30460 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30461 rotateOrigin center
30467 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30468 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
30472 \begin_layout Itemize
30473 \begin_inset Graphics
30474 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
30477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
30478 rotateOrigin center
30484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30488 \begin_layout Standard
30489 It is possible to define custom toolbars.
30490 This is described in the
30498 \begin_layout Chapter
30504 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30505 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30512 \begin_layout Standard
30513 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30515 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
30518 \begin_layout Section
30522 \begin_layout Subsection
30524 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30532 \begin_layout Standard
30533 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
30537 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30538 User Interface File
30541 \begin_layout Standard
30542 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
30548 For the moment, only one file exists, the
30553 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
30554 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
30555 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
30558 \begin_layout Standard
30563 files is straightforward.
30576 entries must be ended with an explicit
30601 s and in the case of the
30602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30614 One small word of warning.
30619 s may be inserted in a
30627 , but they are defined as
30638 \begin_layout Standard
30639 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
30641 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30644 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
30649 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
30651 Item "Goto Bookmark
30652 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
30656 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
30657 the fourth bookmark.
30660 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30662 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30663 name "sec:bindings"
30670 \begin_layout Standard
30671 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
30672 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
30675 \begin_layout Description
30676 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
30679 \begin_layout Description
30680 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
30691 \begin_layout Description
30692 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
30693 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30699 \begin_layout Standard
30700 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
30701 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
30702 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
30704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30712 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
30714 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30715 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
30720 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
30724 \begin_layout Standard
30725 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
30726 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
30727 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
30730 \begin_layout Standard
30731 If you like to customise the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
30732 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
30742 files is straightforward:
30745 \begin_layout Standard
30750 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
30753 \begin_layout Standard
30754 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
30755 enclosed in "double quotes".
30756 All the LyX functions are listed in the
30763 \begin_layout Subsection
30767 \begin_layout Standard
30768 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
30769 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
30774 The fonts that appear on the
30782 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
30784 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30790 \begin_layout Standard
30791 By default, LyX uses
30803 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
30807 as monospaced/typewriter font.
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30815 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
30818 \begin_layout Standard
30819 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
30820 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30821 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
30822 inch, see appendix\InsetSpace ~
30824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30825 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
30830 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
30831 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30835 They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
30837 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30838 reference "sub:Document-Font"
30845 \begin_layout Subsection
30849 \begin_layout Standard
30850 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
30851 Just choose an item in the list and use the
30858 \begin_layout Subsection
30862 \begin_layout Standard
30863 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
30866 \begin_layout Standard
30867 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
30869 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
30871 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30872 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30879 \begin_layout Subsection
30883 \begin_layout Standard
30885 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
30886 can use the keyboard map file named
30891 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
30893 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
30897 \begin_layout Section
30901 \begin_layout Section
30905 \begin_layout Section
30909 \begin_layout Subsection
30913 \begin_layout Standard
30918 is the language used in new documents.
30919 The Language package should always be babel.
30920 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
30922 A text label is for instance the word
30923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30930 at the beginning of every table-caption.
30937 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
30938 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
30940 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30941 reference "sec:ERT"
30948 \begin_layout Standard
30956 \begin_layout Standard
30957 There are also the following options in the menu:
30960 \begin_layout Description
30962 babel whether babel is used or not
30965 \begin_layout Description
30969 \begin_layout Description
30974 \begin_layout Description
30979 \begin_layout Description
30981 foreign\InsetSpace ~
30982 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
30983 the document language will be blue underlined
30986 \begin_layout Description
30990 language\InsetSpace ~
30991 support enables the use of languages, written from right
30992 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
30995 \begin_layout Subsection
30999 \begin_layout Section
31003 \begin_layout Subsection
31007 \begin_layout Subsection
31011 \begin_layout Standard
31012 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
31015 \begin_layout Standard
31017 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
31020 \begin_layout Standard
31022 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
31025 \begin_layout Standard
31027 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
31030 \begin_layout Standard
31032 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
31035 \begin_layout Standard
31037 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
31040 \begin_layout Standard
31042 %d day of month (01..31)
31045 \begin_layout Standard
31050 \begin_layout Standard
31052 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
31055 \begin_layout Standard
31057 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
31060 \begin_layout Standard
31062 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
31065 \begin_layout Standard
31067 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
31070 \begin_layout Standard
31075 \begin_layout Standard
31080 \begin_layout Standard
31085 \begin_layout Standard
31087 %j day of year (001..366)
31090 \begin_layout Standard
31095 \begin_layout Standard
31100 \begin_layout Standard
31105 \begin_layout Standard
31110 \begin_layout Standard
31115 \begin_layout Standard
31117 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
31120 \begin_layout Standard
31122 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31127 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
31130 \begin_layout Standard
31132 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
31135 \begin_layout Standard
31137 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
31140 \begin_layout Standard
31142 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
31145 \begin_layout Standard
31147 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
31150 \begin_layout Standard
31152 %t a horizontal tab
31155 \begin_layout Standard
31157 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
31160 \begin_layout Standard
31162 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
31165 \begin_layout Standard
31167 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
31170 \begin_layout Standard
31172 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
31175 \begin_layout Standard
31177 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
31180 \begin_layout Standard
31182 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
31185 \begin_layout Standard
31187 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
31190 \begin_layout Standard
31192 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31197 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31205 \begin_layout Standard
31207 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
31210 \begin_layout Standard
31212 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
31215 \begin_layout Subsection
31219 \begin_layout Standard
31224 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
31227 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31228 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31232 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
31236 \begin_layout Standard
31237 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
31242 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
31243 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
31246 \begin_layout Subsection
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31261 \begin_layout Subsection
31265 \begin_layout Section
31269 \begin_layout Standard
31270 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
31272 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
31282 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
31283 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
31286 \begin_layout Enumerate
31287 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
31290 \begin_layout Enumerate
31291 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
31292 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
31295 \begin_layout Standard
31296 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
31297 two different Format names for
31301 files to be able to use either.
31302 Both are included by default in the
31307 Have a look and then invent your own!
31310 \begin_layout Standard
31311 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
31312 For example, you might want to use
31316 to examine PostScript® files, or
31320 to preview the LaTeX output.
31321 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
31327 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31332 references:Converters
31335 For example, to change the
31343 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
31347 (or whatever), and hit
31357 \begin_layout Section
31361 \begin_layout Section
31365 \begin_layout Section
31366 BibTeX and makeindex
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31370 Both the bibliography generating command (default
31374 ) and the index generating command (default
31387 As an alternative for
31395 can be recommended.
31399 \begin_layout Standard
31400 The command to enter is
31403 \begin_layout Quote
31406 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
31409 \begin_layout Standard
31410 where the placeholder
31414 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 have installed the packages
31436 at a shell prompt for a help page.
31439 \begin_layout Chapter
31440 Units available in LyX
31441 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31447 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31448 name "cha:Units-available-in"
31455 \begin_layout Standard
31456 To understand the units described in this documentation,
31457 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31458 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
31462 explains all units available in LyX.
31465 \begin_layout Standard
31466 \begin_inset Float table
31472 \begin_layout Standard
31473 \begin_inset Caption
31475 \begin_layout Standard
31476 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31477 name "cap:Units-for-image"
31489 \begin_layout Standard
31490 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31496 \begin_layout Standard
31498 \begin_inset Tabular
31499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
31501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
31502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
31503 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Standard
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Standard
31523 <row topline="true">
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Standard
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Standard
31543 <row topline="true">
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Standard
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Standard
31563 <row topline="true">
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Standard
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Standard
31583 <row topline="true">
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Standard
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Standard
31597 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31598 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31605 <row topline="true">
31606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31609 \begin_layout Standard
31615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31618 \begin_layout Standard
31619 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31620 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31627 <row topline="true">
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Standard
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout Standard
31641 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31642 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31649 <row topline="true">
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Standard
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Standard
31663 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31664 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31671 <row topline="true">
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Standard
31681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31684 \begin_layout Standard
31685 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31687 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
31690 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31697 <row topline="true">
31698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31701 \begin_layout Standard
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Standard
31711 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31712 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31719 <row topline="true">
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Standard
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Standard
31733 % of original image width
31739 <row topline="true">
31740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31743 \begin_layout Standard
31749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31752 \begin_layout Standard
31759 <row topline="true">
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Standard
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Standard
31779 <row topline="true">
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Standard
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Standard
31799 <row topline="true">
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Standard
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Standard
31819 <row topline="true">
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Standard
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Standard
31839 <row topline="true">
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31852 \begin_layout Standard
31859 <row topline="true">
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Standard
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Standard
31883 <row topline="true">
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Standard
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31907 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Standard
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Standard
31921 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31922 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31941 \begin_layout Chapter
31943 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31951 \begin_layout Standard
31952 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
31953 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
31956 \begin_layout Itemize
31959 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
31962 \begin_layout Itemize
31968 \begin_layout Itemize
31974 \begin_layout Itemize
31980 \begin_layout Itemize
31986 \begin_layout Itemize
31992 \begin_layout Itemize
31998 \begin_layout Itemize
32004 \begin_layout Itemize
32007 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
32010 \begin_layout Itemize
32016 \begin_layout Itemize
32022 \begin_layout Itemize
32028 \begin_layout Itemize
32034 \begin_layout Itemize
32040 \begin_layout Itemize
32046 \begin_layout Itemize
32052 \begin_layout Itemize
32058 \begin_layout Itemize
32060 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32068 \begin_layout Bibliography
32069 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32079 \begin_layout Standard
32083 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
32092 \begin_layout Standard
32100 \begin_inset Note Note
32103 \begin_layout Standard
32110 is explained in the
32115 It creates a hyperlink.
32123 \begin_layout Bibliography
32124 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32125 key "latexcompanion"
32129 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
32131 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
32134 Addison-Wesley, 2004
32137 \begin_layout Bibliography
32138 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32143 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
32146 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
32149 Addison-Wesley, 2003
32152 \begin_layout Bibliography
32153 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32160 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
32163 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
32166 \begin_layout Bibliography
32167 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32179 Addison-Wesley, 1984
32182 \begin_layout Bibliography
32183 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32191 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32192 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
32199 \begin_layout Bibliography
32200 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32206 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32208 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
32215 \begin_layout Bibliography
32216 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32225 \begin_layout Standard
32229 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
32239 \begin_layout Standard
32246 of the LaTeX-package
32251 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32252 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
32259 \begin_layout Bibliography
32260 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32269 \begin_layout Standard
32273 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
32282 \begin_layout Standard
32289 how to set up LyX for Arabic
32292 \begin_layout Bibliography
32293 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32302 \begin_layout Standard
32306 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
32315 \begin_layout Standard
32322 how to set up LyX for Armenian
32325 \begin_layout Bibliography
32326 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32335 \begin_layout Standard
32339 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
32348 \begin_layout Standard
32355 how to set up LyX for Farsi
32358 \begin_layout Bibliography
32359 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
32368 \begin_layout Standard
32372 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
32381 \begin_layout Standard
32388 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
32391 \begin_layout Standard
32394 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex